Home

RightEdge 2010 User Manual

1. d Equal Channel Deviation 1 5 cator Bollinger Lower d Fibonacci Channel sl i i s Ee m i Ki dis 7 i i i f Input Close We Char Co In i i es Line Periods 14 Watchlist e ax H SeriesNar Bollinger Low EREM E Visual Settings G Naz 100 ChartNar Price Pane SH Naz 100 a A ICH AAPL paj Volump 2103 41 LineColor J Crimson MQ apse LineSize 1 AQ ADSK LineType Solid EIQ AEOs ShowlnCt True Ig AKAM Q ATR Novi3 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 SeriesName 4 A unique name used to t C2 AMAT g identify the indicator QQ AMGN E Build Output EN Live Data pg Live System Welcome to RightEdge 31 Each sub window contains a label or a small title bar This title gives a one or two word description of this tool window s functionality Each tool window is described briefly below e Indicators This window houses the technical indicators The indicators are broken off into indicator categories Indicators can be dragged from the list and dropped onto a chart A complete list of built in indicators can be viewed here Indicator properties are displayed in Properties window when a chart object is selected Indicators can be changed using the Properties window Changes made to the indicator are reflected immediately on the opened chart For more information on the indicator pane see the Indicator Pane help topic e Chart Objects This window contains a list of chart objects that can b
2. OutputWarning Order cancelled unexpectedly information End If End Sub The position class has an Orders property which is a list of all the pending orders If an open position has a profit target and a stop loss there will be an order in this list corresponding to each one Any user submitted orders will also be in the list The TradeType property of the Order can be used to distinguish between these types of orders It is an enumeration with the following values UserSubmitted OpenPosition ClosePosition ProfitTarget StopLoss and TrailingStop The following code sample cancels all pending user submitted orders on all open positions foreach Position pos in OpenPositions foreach Order order in pos Orders if order TradeType TradeType UserSubmitted order CancelOrder Visual Basic NET Each pos As Position In OpenPositions For Each order As Order In pos Orders If order TradeType TradeType UserSubmitted Then order CancelOrder End If Indicators RightEdge includes over 100 built in technical indicators and uses a plugin architecture which allows you to write your own indicators or obtain them froma third party You can 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge manage the indicators in your system by drag and drop in the System Designer or you can create them in code The available indicators are listed in the Indicator toolbox I
3. 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 36 RightEdge Help We need at least two bars if Bars Count lt 2 return if Close Current lt Open Current amp amp Close LookBack 1 lt Open LookBack 1 Open a position after two down bars in a row OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market Visual Basic NET IT We need at least two bars If Bars Count lt 2 Then Return End If If Close Current lt Open Current AndAlso Close LookBack 1 lt Open LookBack 1 Then Open a position after two down bars in a row OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market End If This example shows how to reference previous bar data It opens a position after two down bars Note that first it checks to make sure that there are at least two bars Without this check an error would be generated on the first bar when the system tries to access the previous bar which isn t available You can use series corresponding to the bar element you want Open High Low Close Volume or you can use the Bars series to access a bar and then access its members Use the LookBack method to access previous values of a series The Current method retrieves the current value of a series and is the same as calling LookBack 0 int testBars 5 int downBarsNeeded 4 if Bars Count lt testBars recurn int downBars 0 for int i 0 i lt testBars i if Close LookBack i lt Open LookBack i
4. The type of order to be submitted to the broker This could be any number of the order types supported by RightEdge The tradable symbol name If this is a limit order the price of the limit order will be specified here The number of trades with a profit greater than 0 The number of trades with a profit less than or equal to 0 The number of winning trades divided by the number of losing trades While the grid based system results are opened after every simulation the chart tabs can have any number of charts pull up There are a number of potential chart tabs and the default chart tabs are configurable under the Options dialog RightEdge ships with five charts e Profit Distribution The Profit Distribution chart breaks down the profit and loss values into scaled values A sample profit distribution chart is shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Analyzing System Results 59 Display Percentage v Si 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 Use the Display dropdown to toggle between representing the chart in profit and loss percentages and currency e System Breakdown The system breakdown chart is a bit unique in that it is a hybrid of text and graphics It also has some interactivity features where you can select the aggregation level of weekly monthly or yearly The results are calculated in real time and the chart and results areas are updated An example of the system breakdown chart is
5. When there is a bullish divergence between the indicator and the price of the asset this may be interpreted as a signal to go long If there is a bearish divergence between the indicator and the price of the asset this may be interpreted as a signal to go short 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 22 RightEdge Help See Also Williams Accumulation Distribution Developer Hel Accumulation Distribution 17 108Zig Zag Indicator Zig Zag connects price fluctuations on a chart Based on the minimum percentage change straight lines will be drawn connecting these points on the chart when the price moves the specified percentage A point is not plotted until the minimum percentage change is reached The Zig Zag indicator is typically used to identify potential Elliot Wave formations See Also ZigZag Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Risk Evaluators 293 18 Risk Evaluators 18 1 Payoff Ratio The payoff ratio is simply the system s average profit per trade divided by the average loss per trade The higher the payoff ratio the better the system See Also Sharpe Ratio Profit Factor Recovery Factor Risk Adjusted Return Risk Assessment Options 18 2 Profit Factor The profit factor is the system s gross profit divided by the gross loss This calculation indicates how many dollars are won for every dollar lost Profit factors of around 2 0 are ideal High readings on the profit factor for example readi
6. menu item The Save Chart Settings will dialog will prompt for a name for this saved chart This name is defined by the end user but must be unique Save Chart Settings Chart Name RSI LC Gei This saved chart has now been saved To recall a saved chart right click on any symbol in the Watchlist pane as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 148 RightEdge Help 10 14 0 Symbol Information Research Symbol Quick Chart t Quick Chart With Chart Settings gt Bar Data Editor Export Symbol Data P Live System Build C Remove Symbol Select Quick Chart With Chart Settings and notice that the chart settings that were just saved appear in this list The number of chart settings that can be saved is unlimited If a chart is already opened in the document area saved chart settings can be applied to that chart by right clicking on the chart and selecting the desired saved chart name from the Apply Chart Settings menu item Managing Saved Charts Right click on an open chart and if there are any saved charts the Manage Chart Settings menu item is available Click this menu item to display the Chart Settings dialog For detailed information about the Chart Settings dialog see the Chart Settings section See Also Indicator Pane Watchlist Pane Start Live Data This help topic provides a very high level overview of back testing within RightEdge It is assu
7. saljadoid d GG Volume 2972 61 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decil Dec18 4 a gt f Build Output DI Live Data p Live System CH Welcome to RightEdge 50 First some points about data display control RightEdge charts provide the standard way of zooming in and out using the toolbar buttons L and to show more bars or less bars However in addition to this RightEdge will also allow a finer control by dragging the mouse over bars to be displayed This is done simply by starting at the left side of the chart clicking the left mouse button and dragging to desired bar on the right Once the mouse button is released the new selection is zoomed in 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 164 RightEdge Help IL a RightEdge Chart ALL File Edit View Tools Window Help gS i el EG a 9 CA Pw De ice KR H Chart Objects gt A chart aaPL Chart ALL SE All Chart Objects Lan 0 61 13 H 6127 L 60 56 C 61 15 U Rectangle I i i U Rounded Rectangle D Rectangle Price 1 J Rectangle Band Cirde Triangle Oh Fibonacci Circle Q Elipse S Arc PF Parallelogram AA Sine Wave 7 Wa Chart ER comp Z Indi Properties WI Copyright 2006 Yye Software vivew rightedgesystems com Volume 1978 20 waysds Bupe amp U Novo7 ES Watchlist F Properties IE Build Output
8. Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 222 RightEdge Help 14 29 Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the line Text Font The font used to draw the line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Rectangle This object plots a simple rectangle The start and end points for this rectangle object are free form and not restricted in any way To draw a rectangle select the object fromthe Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart WMT iD O 44 58 H 47 80 L 47 42 Ci 47 63 Yolume 874 42 Decii 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 223 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or n
9. ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeesseneeeees 217 Chart Objects Parallelograim cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeees 219 Chart Objects Percent Line ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee sees KEEN ERRR KEEN ERRR KEEN KEEN KEEN ERRR KEEN KEEN 220 Chart Objects Rectangle ccecececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseneeeees 222 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 6 RightEdge Help 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Part XV i 2 Part XVI 1 2 3 Part XVII O OO d OO Om P WD ch ch sch sch sch sch sch sch OO ah O Ms oO Chart Objects Rectangle Band eeeeREESRRR KEE RRRR KEEN RRRR KEEN ERRR KEREN KEEN ERRR KEEN ERRR KEEN KEEN 223 Chart Objects Rectangle Price cccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeesseeeeeesseneeeees 225 Chart Objects Rounded Rectangle csesececceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseneeeees 226 Chart Objects Sine Obiect eeeeREERRRREEEERRRR KEE RRRR KEEN ERRR KEEN ERRR KEEN ERRR nennu mennun nnmnnn nnmnnn 228 Chart Objects Square Cycle Lime cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseneeeees 229 Chart Objects Standard Chantnel cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeneeseeeeeesseeeeeesseneeeees 231 Chart Objects Standard Chantnel ccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeee
10. 1 704 69 0 43 0 00 6 89 11 47 amp 26 70 45 1 554 16 0 39 0 00 6 89 11 47 22 71 79 1 381 54 0 35 0 00 5 89 11 47 72 06 1 048 93 0 00 0 26 0 20 0 18 0 13 0 17 2 3 t waysds Bupe amp wo o d o um a H ri saiyedoid d E Build Output DI Live Data p Live System Welcome to RightEdge Run Each run is sequentially numbered That number is displayed here Parameter Value In the sample above there is a parameter named adxThreshold The parameter name is shown in the column and the value of that parameter for each run is displayed in the cell beneath Summary Items The remaining items in the list are totals pulled from the system run These are the values for both long and short trades Double click any run shown to display the full System Results for the run See Also Optimization Overview Optimization Dialog 16 3 Optimization Dialog Optimization is used to test a system with certain variables changed across simulation runs To run optimization open or create a trading system Use the System Parameters 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 25 RightEdge Help in the Properties pane to create parameters used for optimization For more information see the Optimization Overview topic Once the optimization parameters are set select Optimize System from the System menu Optimize System Be Op
11. 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Contents Chaikin Oscillator INdiCator 2 ccecccceeeeece ence ee ee eee cece nese ee ee eee eeee ae nenn nn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nennen 263 Chaikin Volatility INGiCator cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen KEEN eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseneeeees 263 Chande Momentum INndicatol 2 2 cccceeccceeeceeeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeee ence eeseeeeeeeaeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 263 Commodity Channel Index CCI Indiceator ee KEREN cece nescence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 263 Commodity Selection Index CSI Indicator SEENEN EEN EEN REENEN 264 Constant Series INGiCAtor 2 cecceeeeeeee cece ee ee ee ee eee cece nese ee ee eee REENEN EEN ENEE REENEN 264 Detrended Price Oscillator DPO Indicator ee EEN REENEN EEN REENEN 264 De Indicato a csiscccssecss EEN NEEN ENEE Ee 265 Di Indicator cccitcs Seeeeege ee Seed echte Decenateed Eege ee cee Dee NEES Eege ee 265 Directional Movement INdiCatOl 22 0cccceeeeeeee cece ee EEN cece nese ee ee eee EEN REENEN 265 Divide Series Indicator ee teen ee ee cece ee REENEN EEN EEN ENEE RRE ERKENNEN 266 Donchian Channel Lower INdiCator 2 c ceseceee ence eee eee ence ee ENEE EEN EEN ENEE 266 Donchian Channel Upper INdiCator ecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneees 266 Double Exponential Moving Average INdiCatot s scccceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeenenseeeen
12. Mass Index Moving Average Com arabolic SAR Price and Volume Trer Price Channel Lower Price Channel Upper E rice Oscillator Relative Vigor Index wajsds Bupe amp a X El Indicator Settings a Indicator Nar Simple Moving A J Input Close Periods 50 viww rightedgesystems com f Volume 1577 80 El Visual Settings ChartName LineColor SeriesName A unique name used to identify the indicator Nov07 H ES Watchlist ce Properties E Build Output Live Data b Live System Welcome to RightEdge Not all indicators are useful on the price pane of course When dragging an indicator onto a chart a default pane is recommended This pane can be named anything If the pane name does not exist a new pane is created Dragging a Relative Strength indicator onto the chart demonstrates this 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 168 RightEdge Help fi RightEdge Chart XLE File Edit View System Tools Window Help B eE ES J w Bi liveoOptions P ye Ka Indicators D X Chart XLE Price Or Relative rsquare Copyright 2006 Yye Software v wvi Tightedgesystems com Volume Novi6 20 4 Build Output Live Data p amp Live System Welcome to RightEdge To remove user defined panes right click in the pane and select Close Pane Using Chart Objects Chart objects encompass all items that are related to shapes and not necess
13. Month Day Year el Date Format Year Month Day yyyy 2008 v MM 01 dd 02 x Time Format Hour Minute Second HH 14 00 el mm 01 x No seconds e Time Separators Test Input Format Sample Test Output Date Order Specifies the order in which the date elements appear Date Separators Enter one or more characters used to split the date elements This is used for dates only Date Time Separators Enter one or more characters used to split the date and time elements This is used when the date and time is specified in the same column The time and date formats are shown below Date format notation yyyy 2007 yy 07 yyy 107 M 1 MM 01 MMM Jan MMMM January d 1 dd 01 Time format notation 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do 2f 137 h hour m minute s second t am or pm h 12 hour H 24 hour hh mm ss leading zero h m s no leading zero Time Separators Enter one or more characters used to split the time elements This is used for time only Test Input Enter in a test line of data here to test the current selections in the date and time drop downs The output will be displayed in the Test Output field Format Sample The importer will generate a sample line based on the current drop down selections This sample is displayed here Watchlist Tab RightEdge now has enough information to begin mapping the data within each column 2015 RightEdge Systems
14. for example will indicate that the spiral will complete one revolution See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 219 14 27 Chart Objects Parallelogram This object plots a parallelogram or a quadrilateral with opposite sides parallel To draw a parallelogram select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Decl18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 220 RightEdge Help 14 28 Filled Indicates whether or not this parallelogram will be filled If not filled the parallelogram s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the parallelogram s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the parallelogram is fi
15. trading system is what truly exposes the power in RightEdge There are two ways to begin working with a trading system To create a new trading system select New from the File menu and click the Trading System menu item See the New Trading System topic for more information about the fields in this dialog The second option is to open an existing trading system Select Open Trading System from the File menu and select a RightEdge project file 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment Note RightEdge project files have a rep file extension Once a trading system is opened the trading system pane is populated as shown below Trading System ax Ce El Backtesting Begin Date 1 1 2000 End Date Lead Bars 0 Starting Capit 1000000 El Parameters System Param Collection E Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Typ Percentage d Force Round L False Max Open 0 Max Open Sym 0 Profit Target 0 03 Restrict Order False Stop Loss H Bar Count Exit Specifies the number of bars after which a position should be closed if it hasn t hit the profit target or stop loss 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help Working With an Open Trading System When the Project node the topmost level tree item is selected project properties are displayed in the properties pane The properties grid contains all of the project properties See the Trading System Properties and Project Properties dialog for furt
16. 2 i 4 DA CN TestSystem T A8 i Hg References i 99 Indicators TestSystem cs Yye ofterare SES Dock Right Properties e aX Begin Da 1 1 2003 End Date Lead Bar 0 Starting 100000 E Parameters System F Collection Position Manageme Allocatio 1 Allocatio Percentag system built successfully Max Ope 0 x Dock on Bottom Allocation P The amount to allocate for each position Welcome to RightEdge Use the left mouse button and click and hold the tab area of the pane When a drag on the tab occurs the pane will become transparent and docking arrows will be displayed as shown above Move the mouse cursor on top of any of these arrows to perform the dock operation Hit the Escape key to cancel the drag operation To undock a pane and specify that it should not be docked with any other hold the Control key before beginning the drag operation Document Area As mentioned previously the document area will contain document like items such as charts and source files Documents cannot be docked within other panes however documents can be split within the document area or float Click the tab area of the document with the left mouse button and begin to drag the tab 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC i RightEdge Chart GE File Edit View System SS SZ Indicators vy Ax EI Zig Zag a o Volatility EI Average True Range EI Bol
17. 30 03 Limit Buy 9 15 2006 6 07 PM 30 00 Limit Buy 9 15 2006 6 07 PM 30 05 Build Output Live Data pg Live System Symbol This is the symbol that the order belongs to Order Type The specified order type of this pending order See the RightEdge supported order types for more information Position Type This is the assigned position action There are four actions that can be performed Buy to open a long position short to open a short position close to exit a long position and cover to exit a short position Entry Time The time that this order was submitted to the broker 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment Shares The number of shares or contracts Limit Price If the order type is a limit order the limit price is displayed here For market orders this column is not populated Open Positions After a position is filled by the broker simulated or real it will be displayed in the Open Positions tab Live System 4 Pending Orders Open Positions Closed Positions Symbol Order Type Position Type Entry Time Shares Fill Price Avg Cost Di Open Name JJ Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 07PM 66 29 99 1 979 34 N A KK Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 07PM 66 30 03 1 982 20 1 54 YY Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 07PM 66 30 00 1 980 00 N A ZZ Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 07PM 66 30 05 1 983 52 N A Build Output Live Data pg Live System Symbol This is the symbol that the order belongs to Order Type The
18. ADX and ADXR These indicators were developed by Welles Wilder in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Directional Index DX combines the DI and DI to measure the strength of a trend The stronger the trend the further the spread between the DI and DI trend lines ADX is an average or smoothed version of DX See Also ADX Developer Help ADXR Indicator DI Indicator DI Indicator 17 6 ADXR Indicator This set of indicators called the Directional Movement system include DI DI DX ADX and ADXR These indicators were developed by Welles Wilder in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Directional Index DX combines the DI and DI to measure the strength of a trend The stronger the trend the further the spread between the DI and DI trend lines ADXR is an average or smoothed version of ADX This version may cause less whipsaw triggers but a more lagged response See Also ADXR Developer Help ADX Indicator DI Indicator DI Indicator 17 7 Aroon Down indicator The Aroon indicator was developed by Tushar Chande in 1995 Aroon is used to measure the presence and strength of trends The Aroon Up line and Aroon Down line oscillate between 100 and 100 When the two lines are in close proximity this indicates a consolidation phase When the up indicator Aroon Up is below 50 the current trend has lost its upward momemtum The the down indicator Aroon Down is below 50 this indicates
19. All gt gt button to move all of the available columns into the visible columns list Click the lt lt Remove button to move a column from the Visible Columns list back to the Available Columns list Click the lt lt Remove All button to move all of the visible columns into the available columns list Once the desired columns are in the Visible Columns section clicking a visible column entry will allow individual column manipulation When a visible column is selected it can be ordered using the Move Up and Move Down buttons 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help 8 10 Column Size will change the size of the currently selected column When applicable the Decimal Places field will be enabled to allow setting a default number of decimal places when the value for this column is rendered See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Chart Objects Pane Live System Pane Build Output Pane Live System Pane The live system pane contains information about a currently running system The information is broken into three groups Pending Orders Open Positions and Closed Positions Pending Orders Whenever a system submits an order to a broker simulated or real it will be displayed in the Pending Orders tab Live System v X Order Type Position Type Entry Time Limit Price Limit Buy 9 15 2006 6 07 PM 29 99 Limit Buy 9 15 2006 6 07 PM
20. Code snippets may also be invoked via the Insert Snippet command on the Edit menu or by right clicking in the editor window and selecting Insert Snippet 29 30 public override void NewBar 313 32 Insert Snippet e i A class 35 public overr A else Position position Trade trade 36 LI EventsAndOverrides 37 This A foreach an order is filled 38 A if 39 E Pindicators 40 L Positions 41 public overr a prop ed Position position Order order 42 Lj Values 43 This M an order is cancelled or rejected 44 45 46 1 47 The up and down arrow keys also allow for selection of items in the list The Tab and Enter keys pick the selected folder or code snippet while the Escape key cancels the popup If a folder is picked the folder is traversed into and its contents are displayed in the list Code snippets are grouped in the list through a directory structure on disk The name shown in the list for each snippet indicates the shortcut name that will invoke this snippet when typed into the editor In the sample below prop followed by the Tab key were entered into the editor window to invoke a property snippet 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 98 RightEdge Help 21 public class MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase 225 24 public int MyProperty 25 26 get 27 H 28 return myVax rae ee 30 set 31 32 33 34 2c If a code snippet requires additional items these fields are hi
21. Description The user assigned name given to this trade Cash The amount of cash available in the account after this transaction was completed Symbol Results The symbol results tab contains an aggregated list of the trades The trades are aggregated by symbol This provides a way to quickly determine which symbols are performing and which are not Symbol Results Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name Profit The amount gained or lost for this symbol The amount gained or lost averaged over prone per Bat the number of bars held Trades Total number of trades entered with this symbol Winners The number of trades with a profit greater than 0 Losers The number of trades with a profit less than or equal to 0 Winning The number of winning trades divided by the number of losing trades 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help Avg Bars Held Scan The average number of periods each position was open The scan tab is useful for determining the next action that the simulation would take For example if the system trades daily bars the scan would show the next day s actions to be taken such as opening a new position or closing an existing position Theoretically a daily weekly or monthly time frame trader can use the results from the scan and generate orders manually Scan Columns Date Order Type Symbol Order Price Winners Losers Winning Charts The date that the action should occur
22. Equity Curve The equity curve chart represents the cash and asset value at each point during simulation This is a visual way of assessing drawdown and exposure The Buy and Hold account value is represent as a line displayed over the cash and asset value stacked series MAE MFE This chart is similar in look and feel to the profit distribution chart however this chart breaks out the MAE and MFE calculations on a percentage or currency basis The chart is broken into two pieces The MAE is displayed on the top half of the chart and the MFE is displayed on the bottom half Symbol Breakdown The symbol breakdown chart is a simple pie chart that displays all symbols that took trades during the simulation period This is chart allows a quick and easy way to visualize which symbols are taking trades and which symbols are not This 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 10 13 How Do HA can help identify and prune dead symbols See Also General Options Save Chart Settings RightEdge has the ability to save charts for later application More specifically it saves the chart s indicators and the associated indicator values so that they can be applied to another chart Creating Saved Charts To save a chart in RightEdge begin by opening a chart from Watchlist pane Drag and drop the desired indicators onto the chart and set the desired parameters Once the chart is set up right click on the chart itself and select the Save Chart Settings
23. H 20060ct Nov l Copyright 2006 Yye Software G5 Comp Wa Chart E Indi ieeveve rightedgesystems com Chart GOOG Chart DELL Watchlist e H xXx EI EI amp a DELLUZD O 24 67 H 24 96 L 24 40 C 24 56 i j Na Copy bt L b mb Software Svevevs Might stejns com 20060ct Nov H AO GM X Build Output E Live Data wy Live System Welcome to RightEdge 50 System F Collection E Position Manageme Allocatio 1 Allocatio Percentag Allocation The amount to allocate for each position The sample above shows two charts that are stacked horizontally along with another chart that is floating outside of the main RightEdge window Floating documents are particularly useful in a both a chart or source file situation especially in a multiple monitor environment Note Pane layout is persisted between instances of RightEdge Documents are not persisted between instances See Also Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Chart Objects Pane Build Output Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge 35 5 Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge RightEdge supports trading systems written in Visual Basic NET or C It also provides a drag and drop system designer which can be used to create simple tradi
24. Help Click to update all checked symbols After downloading double click any symbol le mia 7 v PR CH PR fd PR g a a JM SEN EA E 7 d EA E T New Watchlist Folder Click the update checked symbols button as shown above Note You must be connected to the internet Data will be retrieved for all 30 symbols When the download completes double click any symbol in the list and a chart will be show in the document area 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 151 10 16 Setting a Simulated Broker The Service Setup dialog contains information about the currently configured services Service Setup K O S Services Friendly Name Service Name Hist Live Broker Random Random Data Par ice Yahoo Yahoo New Modify Remove Backtesting Broker Paper Broker Another item of interest on this dialog is the Backtesting Broker list This option allows for a separate broker plugin to be run during a backtest Since RightEdge runs backtesting and live code in the exact same way it is generally not acceptable to have a live broker receiving orders in a simulated environment For this reason the Backtesting Broker assignment is necessary The default is the Paper Broker that ships with RightEdge However this can be any broker that works in a simulated en
25. If there are syntax errors during the compilation they will be displayed in this window If not 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help currently working with a system it would be a good idea to close or auto hide this window For more information on the Build Output pane see the Build Output Pane help topic Trading System This window contains the system project All items associated with this project including source files and references are listed in this tree Use this tool window to change project settings perform source file and reference management For more information on the Trading System pane see the Trading System Pane help topic Output Pane The output pane displays information generated by the system Often times this is user defined output but may also be used by RightEdge when a special condition that is not an exception needs to be reported For more information on the Output pane see the Output Pane help topic Properties The properties window will contain items relevant to the currently selected item Most of the time properties will be tied to the project files Using Charts and Indicators To display a chart without executing a system double click any symbol with data in the Symbols list The chart window will be opened in the document manager as a new tab A horizontal scroll bar appears at the bottom of the chart Use this to navigate through the historical data There is a toolbar that allows f
26. LLC 13 RightEdge Help General Fields Formats Watchlist Add importedsymbols to watchlist Addto existing folder 5 Create new folder Import ERZ MIN SAMPLE Click on the column headers to select the corresponding field SymbolName Date Time Open High Low Close Ignore Ignore Volume Date Time Open High Low Close Up Down Volume 01 03 2007 08 31 813 80 814 20 812 30 813 20 1112 1142 2254 00 01 03 2007 08 32 813 10 813 60 812 70 813 50 657 568 1225 00 01 03 2007 08 33 813 50 815 20 813 50 815 20 1512 846 2358 00 01 03 2007 08 34 815 20 815 50 814 20 815 20 742 680 1422 00 01 03 2007 08 35 815 20 815 20 814 80 814 90 474 469 943 00 01 03 2007 08 36 814 90 814 90 813 20 813 70 477 1148 00 01 03 2007 08 37 813 70 814 90 813 70 814 90 297 1057 00 Symbol ER2 Timestamp 1 3 2007 08 31 00 Open 813 8 High 814 2 Low 812 3 Close 813 2 Volume 2254 The importer will allow the symbols to be created within an existing symbol folder within the watchlist or allow for a new folder to be created Add imported symbols to watchlist Check this box to import the symbols and the associated data directly into the watchlist Add to existing folder Specifies that the symbol and associated data will be imported to an existing folder within the watchlist Select the desired name from the dropdown Create new folder Specifies that the symbol and associated data will be imported to a new folder name spe
27. Live Data Backlog seconds Sets the number of seconds that live data processing can lag behind live data collection before data will be discarded in an attempt to catch up See also Discarding Live Data See Also General Options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Options 1 13 Chart Options Chart Color Options Editor Settings Risk Assessment Options Research Options System Results Options 9 9 System Results Options System Results are external plugins that are loaded by RightEdge after a run has completed RightEdge contains a number of system results plugins out of the box Much like the risk assessment tab certain plugins are of different value in different situations RightEdge allows the user complete control of which plugins are shown by default In addition to this result plugins may be toggled on the fly via the View menu Since these are fully external utility developers are welcomed to develop their own system result plugins Please refer to the developer documentation as well as the sample code that is installed for additional information To distribute a system result plugin simply install or copy the assembly that contains the plugin into the RightEdge plugin directory RightEdge will automatically detect it as a system results plugin and display it to the end user System Results Charts Place a check next to each chart name to have it displayed by default after a simulation has completed See Also General Option
28. Live Data Ki Live System Welcome to RightEdge For navigation RightEdge also provides the familiar controls but in addition to using the scrollbar RightEdge makes use of the mouse wheel Move the mouse wheel down to go back in time and up to move forward in time Finally the chart package in RightEdge provides a combination of scrolling and navigating within the X and Y axis Both axes are broken up until thirds If you place the mouse cursor on left third of the X axis date time axis the cursor becomes a sizing cursor Click and hold the left mouse button while moving the mouse left or right and more or less bars will become visible in the left side of the chart Release the mouse button when the desired number of bars come into view Now move the mouse cursor to the middle third of the X axis and the cursor becomes hand with an extended index finger Click and hold the left mouse button and this will move the chart from left to right based on the mouse movement Finally move the mouse cursor to the right third of the X axis and click and hold the left mouse button This will allow finer control of the bars displayed on the right hand side of the chart This logic holds true for the Y axis as well Changing Frequencies RightEdge supports a number of frequencies The most common frequencies are shown on the chart toolbar alongside the zoom features discussed previously The default is daily abbreviated as 1D Click the 1D text to
29. Open Linear Regression Channel A Standard Channel i Standard Error Channel Spirals Fans E Fan Er Fibonacci Fan Text ED Label AS Text Images Gh Chart Objects G amp S Components Indicators The chart objects are broken down by groups The groups are Basic Shapes Lines Channels Spirals Fans Text and images If the break down is not required the All Chart Objects heading displays the entire list without categorization 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 83 Like indicators chart objects are dragged and dropped onto an open chart in the document area Chart objects are different from indicators in that they are free form To compare an indicator can have different parameters changed and draw to reflect the new parameters There is no additional control at that by the end user at that point By contrast chart objects can be manipulated once drawn on the chart Manipulating Chart Objects If a line object is placed on the chart the line points are determined by the end user and not any pre defined algorithm Once the initial line points are determined they can be changed at any time by selecting the line object using the left mouse button To select an object to move it click anywhere inside the outer points of the object Keep the mouse button down and drag the object to its desired location To change the starting and ending points of the chart object select the outermost areas of
30. Profit Factor Recovery Factor Risk Adjusted Return Risk Assessment Options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Glossary of Terms 295 19 Glossary of Terms 19 1 Futures An established contract that gives the person the obligation to buy or sell a certain amount of a commodity or index at a certain date 19 2 Asset Class The name of an asset category Assets classes include stocks bonds cash real estate etc 19 3 Strike Price Sometimes refered to as the striking price or exercise price it is the specified price on an option contract at which the contract may be exercised 19 4 Forex An acronym for Foreign Exchange market This over the counter market is where currencies are traded 19 5 Exchange The company or organization that provides the market for stocks options futures and currencies 19 6 APR The increase or decrease of an investment over the time span of one year represented as a percentage 19 7 Backtesting A systematic or mechanical approach aimed at testing a trading strategy against historical data The tester creates a hypothetical portfolio and applies technical indicators against this hypothetical portfolio Positions are opened and closed based on the system rules and profit and loss is accounted for Backtesting is used to quickly determine if a trading idea is viable where if the same idea was applied in real time it could potentially take years to answer the same question However
31. SmoothingMode The drawing type of this object Oct30 Nov07 r ES Watchlist E Properties Build Output EN Live Data K Live System Welcome to RightEdge 26 Once the line is in the desired position click the left mouse button to finish the line creation Once the line is created items specific to this object will show in the properties window Objects that are created using this method are changeable movable and can even be removed To change the direction or size of this line object click either end of the line on the end points and hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse When the mouse is released the object will snap to its new position Move towards the middle of the line and a hand mouse cursor will appear Click the left mouse button drag the object to the desired location Release the mouse button and it will be placed in this location Hitting the delete key will remove the line object from the chart Notice that the chart objects maintain their location Scrolling the chart will keep the line in its original position The same holds true for various time frames If the line was drawn on a chart showing daily bars then the chart timeframe is switched to weekly the line will update accordingly Object properties are updated in real time Select the Color property in the property grid and select any color The color of the line will change to the selected color The width indicates how many pixels are
32. Standard Deviation Standard Deviation Channel Lower Linear Regression Trendline Standard Error Band Lower Indicator The standard error bands developed by Jon Anderson of Equis International are a set of bands that attempt to show the trend and the volatility around the trend Three plots are produced by this indicator The middle plot is the ending value of an x period linear regression line The upper plot the upper standard error band is the result of adding two standard errors to the ending value of the regression line The lower plot the lower standard error band is a result of subtracting two standard errors from the end value of the linear regression line Jon Anderson notes the following Tight bands are an indication of a strong trend Prices tend to bounce between the bands when the bands are wide Tight bands followed by a widening of the bands may indicate the exhaustion of a trend and a possible reversal See Also Standard Error Band Lower Developer Help Standard Error Band Upper Standard Error Band Upper Indicator The standard error bands developed by Jon Anderson of Equis International are a set of bands that attempt to show the trend and the volatility around the trend Three plots are produced by this indicator The middle plot is the ending value of an x period linear regression line The upper plot the upper standard error band is the result of adding two standard errors to the ending value of the regr
33. This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or not this rounded rectangle will be filled If not filled the rounded rectangle s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the rounded rectangle s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the rounded rectangle is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 228 RightEdge Help See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 33 Chart Objects Sine Object A geometric waveform that oscillates moves up down or side to side periodically and is defined by the function y sin x It is an s shaped smooth wave that oscillates above and below zero The two points that are used for the sine wave object specify the top portion of the wave and the bottom portion of the wave To draw a sine object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart WNJ iD O 64 87 Hi 64 93 L 64 42 C 64 48 d Chpyright 2006 Yye Software Av rightedgesystems com iVolume 790 20 2006Sep There are appearance aspects of this object that can be cha
34. WY Down Trend Channel A Up Down Trend Channel di Equal Channel d Fibonacci Channel Linear Regression Channel Gi Open Linear Regression Channel A Standard Channel vi Standard Error Channel Spirals Fans E Fan Er Fibonacci Fan Text E Label AS Text Images 4 Chart Objects ER Components Z Indicators To place a chart object first open a chart and select the desired object from the list Drag and object onto the chart and release the mouse button If an object requires one or more points to complete plotting this will be indicated by a crosshair cursor Move the mouse cursor to the next point and click the left mouse button Continue this process until all required points are plotted See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Chart Objects Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 179 14 Chart Objects RightEdge ships with the following chart objects alphabetically Archimedes Spiral Arrow Line Asynchronous Linear Regression Channel Circle Cross Channel Downtrend Channel e Ellipse e Equal Channel Equal Cycle Line Fan Fibonacci Fan Fibonacci Circle Fibonacci Cycle Line Horizontal Line e Hyperbolic Spiral e Image Label Line Lituus Spiral Logarithmic Spiral e Linear Regression Line Linear Regression Channel Multi Arc e Open Linear Regression Line Parabolic Spiral Parallelogram Percent Line Rectangle e Rectangle Band e Rectangle Price Rounded Rect
35. and its end preceded by high values See Also Vertical Horizontal Filter VHF Developer Help Volume Adjusted Moving Average Indicator The volume adjusted moving average indicator by Dick Arms assigns the majority of the weight to the days with the most volume See Also Volume Adjusted Moving Average Indicator Developer Help Simple Moving Average SMA Indicator Triangular Moving Average TMA Indicator Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 289 17 98 Volume Oscillator Indicator The volume oscillator measures the difference between a specified long and short moving average A rising volume with rising prices signals a growing trend See Also Volume Oscillator Developer Help 17 99 Volume Rate of Change Indicator The volume rate of change is the indicator that shows whether or not a volume trend is developing in either an up or down direction Most analysts use this indicator in conjunction with a price indicator A spike in the volume rate of change may confirm a price indicator signal See Also Volume Rate of Change Developer Help 17 100Weighted Close Indicator Like the average price indicator high low close 3 the weighted close attempts to show the midpoint of the price action The weighted close differs in that it puts more emphasis on the c
36. and vertical lines that extend from the crosshairs will end at the horizontal and vertical axis points and display the current values for their respective axis Date Time on All Panes If this field is checked the date and time that runs along the horizontal axis will be displayed on each pane If this is is unchecked the date and time will only be displayed on the bottom most pane Chart Font Click this button to set a default font for text items in the chart Items such as price data indicator data and date time data will use this font when the chart is drawn Show Position Labels Position labels are drawn on the chart when positions are opened or closed A trading system that has a high number of trades may cause the labels clutter the chart The labels in that case can be turned off In most cases and by default the labels are turned on To information regarding controlling the colors of the position labels please see the Configure Position Labels topic See Also General Options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Options 107 Chart Color Options Editor Settings Live Systems Risk Assessment Options Research Options System Results Options 9 3 1 Configure Position Labels Select Colors For The two options are Account Credit and Account Debit Whena position is opened this is an account debit and the specified colors will be used for that position label When a position is closed this is an account credit and the specified c
37. basis P L The total amount gained or lost throughout the life of the position Description The user assigned name of this position Trade List The trade list contains the complete list of every trade generated by the simulation Trade List Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name Type The type of transaction either buy short sell or cover Transaction Date The date the trade was placed Shares Number of shares or contracts that were filled in this transaction Price The fill price of the trade Commission The cost of commissions for this trade Amount The amount of capital added or deducted 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help from the account for this trade Description The user assigned name given to this trade Cash The amount of cash available in the account after this transaction was completed Symbol Results The symbol results tab contains an aggregated list of the trades The trades are aggregated by symbol This provides a way to quickly determine which symbols are performing and which are not Symbol Results Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name Profit The amount gained or lost for this symbol The amount gained or lost averaged over the number of bars held Total number of trades entered with this Profit per Bar Trades symbol S The number of trades with a profit greater Winners than 0 The number of trades with a profit less than Losers or equal to 0 The number of win
38. below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help Value Average Return 0 49 Average Return 48 7963 Standard Deviation 0 0053 Best Return 1 98 Worst Return 1 31 Total Periods 45 Total Profitable Periods 38 Profitable Periods 84 44 Consecutive Profitable 19 Consecutive Unprofita 3 Period Return Return Max DD Exposure Trades Al 1 2 2003 12 00 AM s0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 J 2 3 2003 12 00 AM s0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 3 3 2003 12 00 AM 103 9881 1 04 7 63 31 98 45 4 1 2003 12 00 AM 75 37 0 75 2 89 7 73 17 5 1 2003 12 00 AM 59 8759 0 60 2 74 14 32 18 6 2 2003 12 00 AM 76 0989 0 76 2 24 60 12 16 2131 2003 17 NN AM 18N NIIR 1RN o 26N Ee QA amp RS Mi e Equity Curve The equity curve chart represents the cash and asset value at each point during simulation This is a visual way of assessing drawdown and exposure The Buy and Hold account value is represent as a line displayed over the cash and asset value stacked series e MAE MFE This chart is similar in look and feel to the profit distribution chart however this chart breaks out the MAE and MFE calculations on a percentage or currency basis The chart is broken into two pieces The MAE is displayed on the top half of the chart and the MFE is displayed on the bottom half e Symbol Breakdown The symbol breakdown chart is a simple pie chart that displays all symbols that took trades during the simulation per
39. can even be removed To change the direction or size of this line object click either end of the line on the end points and hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse When the mouse is released the object will snap to its new position Move towards the middle of the line and a hand mouse cursor will appear Click the left mouse button drag the object to the desired location Release the mouse button and it will be placed in this location Hitting the delete key will remove the line object from the chart Notice that the chart objects maintain their location Scrolling the chart will keep the line in its original position The same holds true for various time frames If the line was drawn on a chart showing daily bars then the chart timeframe is switched to weekly the line will update accordingly Object properties are updated in real time Select the Color property in the property grid and select any color The color of the line will change to the selected color The width indicates how many pixels are used to draw the line The larger the number the wider the line Transparency controls how much of the background is blended with the object The range is 0 through 255 0 indicates complete transparency in other words an invisible object 255 indicates that the line will be solid and the background of the chart will not show through To demonstrate how all of these settings effect this simple line change the width to 3 the transpa
40. closed upon a successful download If unchecked the data download dialog will not automatically dismiss itself Regardless of this setting the data download dialog will remain active if an error is encountered during the retrieval process Warn about bar data gaps when running system Before backtesting RightEdge loads all the bar data that will be used in the backtest Before passing the data into the system the data is synchronized If a bar exists for one symbol and not another selecting this option will warn of this encounter This will not prevent the simulation from continuing but is used as a means of ensuring data integrity Movable Position Labels RightEdge will generate position labels within a chart Check this option to enable the ability to move these labels by clicking and dragging them Uncheck this option to have label stay in place Minimum Backfill Specifies the minimum number of days a backfill of historical data will retrieve Recent Project List Size This number specifies the number of projects that will be displayed in the most recently used list This is located off of the File menu under Recent Projects Remember Last Open Project If selected the last trading system that was opened when RightEdge was closed will be re opened upon the next run Show Start Page Indicates whether or not to display the start page automatically on program start See Also Chart Options Chart Color Options Editor Settings
41. considered severe 2 Displays all severe plus selected less than severe warnings Displays all level 2 warnings plus all warnings 3 that are considered more severe than informational 4 Displays all warnings including those that are informational Treat Warnings as Errors By default only errors can halt the compile and run process If this is set warnings will also halt the process Generate Debug Info If checked this option causes the compiler to generate debugging information and place it in the output file 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 102 RightEdge Help Note Generating debug information may have some impact on execution speed XML Documentation File If specified XML documentation will be derived from the comments in the source files See Using XML Comments for Documentation for more information The following class settings are recommended for advanced users only System Class This specifies the name of the System class that RightEdge will instantiate when your system assembly is loaded Symbol Script Class This specifies the name of the SymbolScript class that RightEdge will instantiate when your system system assembly is load Custom System Base Class Allows you to insert your own custom system class in between the base system and the actual system class Custom Script Base Class Allows you to insert your own custom script class in between the base SymbolScript and the actual SymbolScript class Simul
42. display the frequency drop down Depending on the data that is currently loaded the available frequencies are enabled For example if the lowest frequency of the data is daily bars anything less than one day is unavailable Select Weekly fromthe dropdown to automatically rebuild this chart with the same data 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC except for that bar data is aggregated to weekly Using Indicators Of course indicators are tightly coupled with charts Putting indicators onto a chart is accomplished but a simple drag and drop operation All of the indicators available for drag and drop and system developers are located in the Indicators panel This panel is on by default but if it cannot be located select the Indicators menu option from View menu RightEdge Chart XLE O ee scorie File Edit View System Tools Window Help 2BIGMSs amp iP Pew B Live Options D Chart XLE 4d x f ITER aa Simple Moving Average Standard Deviation Channel Lov Standard Deviation Channel Upp Standard Error Standard Error Band Lower Standard Error Band Upper Standard Error Channel Lower Standard Error Channel Upper Time Series Forecast Triangular Moving Average Triple Exponential Moving Avera True Range Indicator Vertical Horizontal Filter Volume Adjusted Moving Averag Weighted Moving Average E saiuadosd d Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesy
43. generated when the upper envelope has been penetrated Envelopes are calculated by plotting a shifted moving average The average is shifted up at specified percent for the upper band and shifted down at the specified percent for the lower band See Also Envelope Upper Developer Help Envelope Lower 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 269 17 35 Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator An exponential moving average is a form of a weighted moving average To construct a 20 day exponential moving average you must first construct a 20 day simple moving average This simple moving average is the starting point for the exponential moving average Assume that the simple moving average value for day 20 is 42 the simple moving average value for day 21 is 43 and the simple moving average value for day 21 is 44 We then subtract the day 20 moving average value from day 21 simple moving average value and get a difference of 1 00 This value 1 00 is multiplied by an exponent In this case the exponent is 1 We then add 1 to the simple moving average value of day 20 The exponential moving average value of day 20 now becomes 42 100 To calculate the exponent divide 2 by the time period In our case we divided 2 by 20 to arrive at 1 The exponential moving averages are believed to have higher sensitivity to the current price action which arguably is more relevant The quicker signals may come at the risk of more false
44. is to go long 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 17 21 17 22 17 23 if indicator turns up from 100 or below and to go short xif the indicator turns down from 100 or above See Also Commodity Channel CCI Developer Hel Commodity Selection Index CSI Indicator The Commodity Selection Index CSI indicator was created by Welles Wilder to help short term traders select stocks This indicator brings out commodities that have strong trending and volatility characteristics In theory high CSI levels make the most money the fastest See Also Commodity Selection Index CSI Developer Help Constant Series Indicator The Constant indicator is a simple a way to draw a Straight line on the chart at the specified value or as an input to a trigger in the drag and drop interface See Also Constant Series Developer Help Detrended Price Oscillator DPO Indicator The Detrended Price Oscillator DPO is used to identify short termcycles It does so by removing the long term price cycle leaving the shorter term cycles Since long term cycles are made up of many shorter term cycles this indicator can be used to capitalized on shorter term trading The oscillator is considered most effective using periods of 21 bars or less The general rules of thumb are to only open trades in the direction of the trend Go long when Detrended Price Oscillator crosses below zero and then turns back above Go short when Detrended P
45. line that can only be moved vertically To draw a vertical line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC om RightEdge Help OM O 53 63 H 54 34 L 53 29 E 54 14 i i 2005 03 14 2004 03 15 LL Uptrend begins Copyright 2006 Yye Software i www rightedgesystems com Volurbe 2071 93 2005Jan There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the line in relation to the chart edges Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 245 Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the line Text Color The colo
46. live brokers A service plugin can implement broker level services to communicate with any broker that will allow communication with a third party application When implementing broker services the service must let RightEdge know that it is capable of performing broker services by returning true from the BrokerFunctionsAvailable property Symbol Source A symbol source service can provide symbols to add to the watchlist It will be called when the context right click menu is displayed for a watch list folder and can add items to the Add Symbols From submenu The Yahoo data plugin included with RightEdge provides a symbol source to add symbols from the Dow 30 NASDAQ 100 and S amp P 500 indices The Interactive Brokers plugin provides a symbol source which displays a dialog to search available symbols and add them to the watchlist O 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help Symbol Name Asset Type Exchange Expiration Date ES Future v GLOBEX O 3 15 2015 B7 Name Expiration Contract Size Contracttype Strike ES 3 20 2015 0 ES 6 19 2015 ES 12 18 2015 50 50 ES 9 18 2015 50 50 ES 3 18 2016 50 Writing Plugins Implementing a RightEdge program requires some NET programming skills and an environment capable of compiling code into NET assemblies A great option is Visual Studio Community a free edition of Visual Studio The easiest way to get started writing a plugin is by modifying code for an existing plugi
47. may be changed Select Configure Services fromthe Tools menu This dialog displays a list of currently configured services Select the service to change and click the Modify button r Modify Service Friendly Name Paper Broker Server Address Port Use NOTE If you specify your password here it will be saved on your hard disk and accessible to anyone with access to this computer You may leave this field blank and you will be prompted for your password each time you run RightEdge Password This dialog is similar to that displayed when the service is initially configured Friendly Name This is the text that will be displayed when referencing this service in the Watchlist folder setup These names must be unique Server Address Some services may need to connect to a pre defined IP address This is usually provided by the service provider If this is required this field will be enabled An example of a server address might be 206 152 8 1 or data mydataprovider com Port Some services may need to connect to a pre defined port This is usually provided by the service provider If this is required this field will be enabled An example of a port might be 8000 or 7623 This is always a single number User Name Some services may need to authenticate the requestor This field will hold the user name given to you by your service provider If this is required this field will be enabled Password Some servic
48. need to keep bar data available past that amount When working with large amounts of high frequency data it may not be possible to store all of the data in memory at once To allow systems to be run with large amounts of data RightEdge now includes a MaxLookBack property in the RList class If its value is greater than zero RightEdge will discard any items past the maximum lookback If you try to access any of the discarded items an exception will be thrown You can set the value in your symbol script startup method like this Bars MaxLookBack 1000 If you are using multiple frequencies you will need to set the MaxLookBack on the bar list for each additional frequency also Depending on your system using a maximum lookback for the bar lists may or may not have a significant effect on your memory consumption The system statistics indicators 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC What s New In This Edition In and trade history as well as possibly your system code itself may all use a lot of memory If you need to decrease memory usage you can selectively disable elements of your system and measure the effect on your system s memory usage You can use the following code in your system class to help with this long _initialMemory public override void Startup _initiaIMemory GC GetTotalMemory true public override void Shutdown long finalMemory GC GetTotalMemory true long diff finalMemory _initialMemory s
49. no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 207 14 19 Chart Objects List RightEdge ships with the following chart objects alphabetically Archimedes Spiral e Arrow Line e Asynchronous Linear Regression Channel Circle Cross Channel Downtrend Channel Ellipse e Equal Channel e Equal Cycle Line e Fan Fibonacci Fan Fibonacci Circle Fibonacci Cycle Line Horizontal Line Hyperbolic Spiral e Image e Label e Line e Lituus Spiral Logarithmic Spiral Linear Regression Line Linear Regression Channel Multi Arc e Open Linear Regression Line Parabolic Spiral Parallelogram e Percent Line Rectangle Rectangle Band Rectangle Price Rounded Rectangle e Sine Object e Square Cycle Line Standard Channel Standard Error Channel e Symmetry Line e Text e Triangle e Up Down Trend Channel e Up Trend Channel Vertical Line See Also Using Chart Objects 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help Chart Objects Pane 14 20 Chart Objects Lituus Spiral According to Robert C Yates 1952 the Lituus curve is studied by Roger Cotes in 1722 It is named after an ancient Roman trumpet called lituus The curve is asymptotic to the positive x axis and the other end spiral in towards the pole As theta approaches infinity the curve approaches the origin To draw a Lituus spiral select the object from the Chart Object
50. on to allow the cursor to exist at any column within the editor With this disabled the cursor will always revert to the end of the line if the previous line s length is greater than the current line s length Convert Tabs to Spaces When enabled this setting will convert all tab characters to the appropriate number of spaces before saving the file Show Indention Guides When enabled will draw a faint vertical line along each tab or indention boundary Show Line Numbers When enabled creates an area to the far left of the editor window which will contain the line numbers Tab Size Specifies the number of character spaces that are inserted when the tab key is pressed 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC no RightEdge Help 9 6 Colors Configure the colors for various items within the editor Refer to the Editor Colors section for additional information See Also Using the Code Editor General Options Chart Options Chart Color Options Live Systems Research Options Risk Assessment Options System Results Options Research Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Research options contain settings that aid in quickly determining relevant information about a particular symbol When items are setup for research the context menu in the Watchlist will be populated at the symbol level For example if a symbol is generating a buy or a Sell or just
51. order is filled If trade TradeType TradeType OpenPosition Dim settings As New OrderSettings settings Size position CurSize settings TransactionType TransactionType Buy settings OrderType OrderType Limit settings LimitPrice position EntryPrice SymbolPrice 0 95 settings BarsValid 1 Order should not time out settings Description Buy more Dim order As Order position SubmitOrder settings If order Error IsNot Nothing Then OutputWarning order Error End If End If End Sub Similarly the OrderCancelled method is called when an order is cancelled The following sample uses this method to output a warning if an order is cancelled without RightEdge having requested the cancellation This can happen if the broker rejects the order or if you manually cancel the order using another program public override void OrderCancelled Position position Order order string information Z This method is called when an order is cancelled or rejected 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help if order CancelPending OutputWarning Order cancelled unexpectedly information Visual Basic NET Public Overloads Overrides Sub OrderCancelled ByVal position As Position ByVal order As Order ByVal information As String This method is called when an order is cancelled or rejected If Not order CancelPending Then
52. position orders are cancelled after one bar so there will always be a single limit order active with a limit price equal to the value of the WidnerLowerBand indicator on the previous bar You can also create an indicator in code instead of using the system designer You just declare an indicator as a member of your class and initialize it in the Startup method The following example shows how to create a lower Bollinger Band of the close price and use it to place limit orders 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 3 RightEdge Help public class MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase BollingerBandLower bbLower public override void Startup bbLower new BollingerBandLower 14 3 bbLower SetInputs Close bbLower ChartSettings Color Color Brown public override void NewBar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit bbLower Current Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Private bbLower As BollingerBandLower Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup bbLower New BollingerBandLower 14 3 bbLower SetInputs Close bbLower ChartSettings Color Color Brown End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub NewBar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit bbLower Current End Sub End Class RightEdge Trading System Architecture RightEdge trading systems use an event driven architecture This means that when an event such as a
53. price and volume A bullish signal is given when the Accumulation Distribution Line forms a positive divergence The accumulation distribution line can also be used to confirm the strength of the current trend If the line trends up during a bull market move this will confirm a healthy trend If the line begin to trend down in conjunction with price action this may be a clear signal that the trend has ended See Also Accumulation Distribution Developer Hel Accumulation Swing Index The accumulation swing index is a variation of the Swing Index indicator This indicator is typically used as a confirmation indicator but considered more reliable in determining long term trends than the plain Swing Index since it uses more than the last two bars The indicator values for ASI will vacillate around the O line when the price is not trending If the ASI is making higher highs in conjunction with the price an upward trend may be confirmed Likewise if the ASI is making lower lows in conjunction with with the price this may confirm a down trend See Also Accumulation Swing Index Developer Help Add Series A utility indicator to add two existing indicator series together See Also Add Series Developer Help Subtract Series Multiply Series Divide Series Shift Series 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 259 17 5 ADX Indicator This set of indicators called the Directional Movement system include DI DI DX
54. providers Create a Trading System Debug a Trading System in Visual Studio Run a Backtest Simulation Analyze Backtesting Results Optimize a Trading System Start Collecting Live Data Place Manual or Discretionary Trades View Live Charts Save Chart Settings Import Data from Other Software View Backtesting Simulation Charts Set a Profit Target Set a Stop Loss Set a Time Based Order Timeout Collect Forex Data Please click on any of the section links above to navigate to that topic Create a Trading System To create a new system from scratch select the Trading System option from the File menu The New Trading System Project window is displayed as shown below New Trading System Project x D l Development Language Visual C Y Project Name My Trading System Project Location C Trading Systems Browse Project will be created at C Trading Systems My Trading System xD Coe Gee Development Language The current supported languages are Visual C and Visual Basic NET Note If the planned usage for developing this system is strictly drag and drop then the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do HA language is essentially irrelevant Project Name This is the user defined name given to the trading system This will also become the name of the project file Project Location Specifies the folder on the disk where this project folder and associated files wi
55. revealing certain risk assessment calculation performed after a simulation run Since different risk assessment calculations are of different value to different people in different situations this list allows you to turn risk assessment calculations on and off Some risk assessment calculations are expensive with regard to calculation time Use the Portfolio Risk Assessment Plugins list to select the desired calculations RightEdge ships with the list of risk assessment plugins below e Sharpe Ratio e Profit Factor e Risk Adjusted Return e Recovery Factor e Payoff Ratio Third Party Risk Assessment Plugins RightEdge supports the use of risk assessment plugins written by third parties You may even create your own risk assessment plugin Place any additional risk assessment plugins in the application s plugin directory and they will be displayed in the list Consult the RightEdge Developer s Guide for additional information regarding development of third party risk assessment plugins See Also General Options Chart Options Chart Color Options Editor Settings Research Options System Results Options 9 8 Live Systems You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Live Systems options contain a number of settings that pertain to the startup and behavior of live trading systems in RightEdge Saved Open Positions RightEdge will remember the positions that it
56. signals It is recommended that the trading system that utilizes moving averages test with both the simple and exponential to see which one works out best See Also Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Developer Help Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD Indicator 17 36 Forecast Oscillator Indicator The Forecast Oscillator by Tuschar Chande is a percentage difference between the forecast price The forecast price is nothing more than a linear regression trend line and the actual closing price The indicator value is greater than zero when the forecast price is greater than the actual price The inverse is true when the indicator value is less than zero The unsmoothed value is very choppy and Chande recommends applying a three period moving average as a trigger line See Also Forecast Oscillator Developer Help 17 37 Historical Volatility Indicator Volatility is one of the most important factors when pricing options When volatility is high options premiums are relatively expensive when volatility is low options premiums are relatively cheap Volatility is a measure of the amount and speed of price changes regardless of directions Historical Volatility is a measure of how volatile the underlying futures or options contracts have been for the specified number of trading days prior to each observation 2015 Right
57. specified order type of this open position as it was in the Pending Orders screen See the RightEdge supported order types for more information Position Type Specifies whether this position is long or short Entry Time The time that this order was submitted to the broker Shares The number of shares or contracts Fill Price The actual price that this order was filled at by the broker Avg Cost The amount of equity or initial margin used to open this position P L Current profit or loss unrealized of this open position Open Name A user defined name given to this position Closed Positions After a closing order is filled by the broker simulated or real it will be displayed in the Closed Positions tab Live System e I X Pending Orders Open Positions Closed Positions Order Type Position Type Entry Time Shares Open Price Close Price Close Name Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 0 29 99 30 06 Time Out Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 0 30 03 30 05 Time Out Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 0 30 00 30 00 Time Out Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 0 30 05 30 02 Time Out Limit Long 9 15 2006 6 0 29 98 30 07 Time Out Build Output g Live Data pg Live System 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 8 11 Symbol This is the symbol that the order belongs to Order Type The specified order type of this closed position as it was in the Pending Orders screen See the RightEdge supported order types for more information
58. strictly for trading system developers who are writing source code and not applicable to drag and drop systems See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Chart Objects Pane 8 14 Windows Dialog This dialog box allows you to display close and arrange documents that are open in editors and designers You can display this dialog box by choosing Windows from the Window menu Name Displays the names of document and tool windows with the item currently active selected 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help 8 15 Path Displays the full path for documents Windows typically do not have a path Activate Makes the document or tool window selected the active item in the editor or designer Close Closes the selected documents and windows in the list Save Saves the selected documents and windows in the list See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Using the Editor The Code and Text editor is the word processor of the integrated development environment IDE When it is used to edit text it is referred to as the Text Editor When used to edit source code in a development language its most common use it is referred to as the Code Editor You can open multiple Code Editors to view the code in different files and copy and paste among them A list of all documents opened for editing in instanc
59. target PositionSettings settings new PositionSettings settings PositionType PositionType Long settings OrderType OrderType Market settings ProfitTarget Close Current High Current Low Current settings ProfitTargetType TargetPriceType Price OpenPosition settings Visual Basic NET Dim settings As New PositionSettings settings PositionType PositionType Long settings OrderType OrderType Market settings ProfitTarget Close Current High Current Low Current settings ProfitTargetType TargetPriceType Pric OpenPosition settings The Position class also has ProfitTarget ProfitTargetType StopLoss and StopLossType properties which tell you what the current profit target and stop loss are You can modify these values with the SetProfitTargetPrice SetProfitTargetPercent SetStopLossPrice and SetStopLossPercent methods The following code sets the stop loss on all open positions to the entry price minus 0 05 foreach Position pos in OpenPositions pos SetStopLossPrice pos EntryPrice SymbolPrice 0 05 Visual Basic NET 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC a RightEdge Help For Each pos As Position In OpenPositions pos SetStopLossPrice pos EntryPrice SymbolPrice 0 05 Next A profit target or stop loss for an open position is represented by a limit or stop order with the broker When you change the value the existin
60. text Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the cycle line Text Color The color of the cycle line text Text Font The font used to draw the cycle line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Fibonacci Fan Draws six lines in a fan formation from the anchor point Point 1 is the anchor point Point 2 dictates the top most fan line Subsequent lines of the fan are plotted at significant Fibonacci values To draw a Fibonacci fan select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 199 MCD iD 40 93 H 141 27 L 40 72 C 41 42 Copyri ght 2006 Yye oftware www rightedgesystems com Volume 1245 14 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Novi3 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Object
61. that a downward trend has lost its momentum See Also Aroon Down Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 20 RightEdge Help 17 8 17 9 17 10 Aroon Up Indicator Aroon Oscillator Indicator Aroon Up Indicator The Aroon indicator was developed by Tushar Chande in 1995 Aroon is used to measure the presence and strength of trends The Aroon Up line and Aroon Down line oscillate between 100 and 100 When the two lines are in close proximity this indicates a consolidation phase When the up indicator Aroon Up is below 50 the current trend has lost its upward momemtum The the down indicator Aroon Down is below 50 this indicates that a downward trend has lost its momentum See Also Aroon Up Developer Help Aroon Down Indicator Aroon Oscillator Indicator Aroon Oscillator The Aroon indicator was developed by Tushar Chande in 1995 Aroon is used to measure the presence and strength of trends The Aroon Up line and Aroon Down line oscillate between 100 and 100 The Aroon Oscillator is Aroon Up minus Aroon Down A positive value on the oscillator may indicate an upward trend and a negative reading may indicator a bearish trend See Also Aroon Oscillator Developer Help Aroon Down Indicator Aroon Oscillator Indicator Average Price Indicator A simple indicator that takes a bar and returns the average of the High Low and Close values See Also Average Price Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems L
62. that represents true strength and direction of the market The Swing Index is fairly volatile on its own it is recommended that the Accumulated Swing Index be used for real signals See Also Swing Index Developer Help Accumulation Swing Index 17 86 Time Series Forecast Indicator The Time Series Forecast indicator uses statistical analysis to predict a future value This indicator is a composition of the Linear Regression Indicator and the Linear Regression Slope Use this indicator to forecast the next periods price See Also Time Series Forecast Developer Help Linear Regression Linear Regression Slope 17 87 Tirone Levels Center Indicator Developed by John Tirone the Tirone Levels Indicator consists of horizontal lines that help you recognize support and resistance levels based on a series of prices The center line is the calculation that the upper and lower levels use It is calculated by taking the difference between the highest high and the lowest low for the asset price over a period of time and dividing it by 2 See Also Tirone Levels Center Developer Help Tirone Levels Upper Tirone Levels Lower 17 88 Tirone Levels Lower Indicator Developed by John Tirone the Tirone Levels Indicator consists of horizontal lines that help you recognize support and resistance levels based on a series of prices The lower level indicates support 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC om RightEdge Help 17 89 17 90
63. the shadow size select a higher value Stick Length Describes the length of the area between the point and actual label text Increasing this values will lengthen this area Text Background Color Sets the color of the bubble s background Text Color Sets the color of the text within the label bubble See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 18 Chart Objects Line This object is simply a line that can be drawn in any direction The end of the line has no cap The line can be rotated so that the arrow points in any direction To draw a simple line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help DIH 1D O 40 91 H 140 98 L 147 67 C 138 14 i 005 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Valume 886 44 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec1i8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates
64. then cancelled and there are also limits orders that are good until they are cancelled known as GTC by the person submitting the order 19 14 Long Position Taking a long position or going long involves buying or obtaining an actual position in an underlying asset This is the opposite of holding a short position or being short See Also Short Selling Buy and Hold 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 28 RightEdge Help 19 15 19 16 19 17 19 18 19 19 MAE MAE is the abbreviation for maximum adverse excursion Made famous by John Sweeney the MAE for each trade is defined as the lowest low of the open profit within the trade If a long trade went down to a penny a share the MAE percentage would be 99 Conversely if the long trade never went below the purchase price the MAE would be 0 This calculation can be used in conjunction with drawdown to help determine how much the trade or strategy goes against before it goes for See Also Analyzing System Results MFE Drawdown Maintenance Margin The minimum amount of equity allowed in a margin account This is usually less than the initial margin Margin Funds available on loan from a broker to purchase securities options or futures contracts MFE MFE is the abbreviation for maximum favorable excursion Made famous by John Sweeney the MFE for each trade is defined as the highest high of the open profit within the trade If a long trade was established at
65. to demonstrate when the current color selections will look like in the editor window See Also Editor Settings 8 17 Code Snippets A code snippet is a fragment of code that you can store for reuse within the code editor at a later time Microsoft introduced an open standard for code snippets starting with Visual Studio 2005 The editor honors this format RightEdge ships with a number of code snippets that are contained in the AppData Snippets directory There are code snippets for both C and Visual Basic When a code snippet is activated it inserts its text into the editor If there are fields declared in the code snippet they are highlighted within the inserted code This easily facilitates naming items that are typically variable but are required to complete the code snippet To move around these fields hit the Tab key To indicate that all fields have been named hit the Enter key If more than one field use the same declaration then the secondary fields are flagged as dependent on the primary field for the declaration They automatically update whenever the text in the primary field is updated 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment Using Code Snippets To use a code snippet begin typing the shortcut within the editor window For example to create a class definition start by typing the word class onto an empty line followed by the tab key The code will be auto generated and allow you to define your class name
66. to draw labels on to the chart To place a label on the chart select the Label object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart An entry field will immediately be placed where the object was dropped Begin typing text here ID O 65 63 H 65 94 L 65 41 C 65 92 Stop Loss Hit Copyright 2006 Yy Software www aghtedgesystems com Volum 1011 31 Bearish Engulfing Oct02 Oct09 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov1i3 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 205 Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width Not applicable to this object Transparency The level of transparency given to the text Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Label Alignment Sets the alignment relative to the stick Label Text The literal text for this text object Label Font Font used to draw the text for this text object Label Transparency Sets the transparency value of the label bubble Round Width Sets the number of pixels used when rounding the label bubble A higher number of pixels equates to a rounder edge Shadow Width The label bubble has a shadow drawn around the edges This produces a 3D effect To increase
67. to light green and fill transparency to 120 To demonstrate a more complicated object and show how several objects might work together go back to the Lines object group and drag a Fibonacci Line onto the chart Set the properties for this object as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charts 171 GZ RightEdge Chart ALL 27 File Edit View Tools Window Help eB EI en Za 2 P m E liveoptons gt D 5 Chart Objects Ax Chart AAPL Chart ALL 1b X u Rounded Rectangle ALL 1D O 60 42 H 61 02 L 60 22 C 60 82 a Rectangle Price i i i i i if Rectangle Band Cirde sl Triangle DW Fibonacci Cirde Q Elipse S Arc T Parallelogram AA Sine Wave d Arrow Line Line X Ta Chart ES comp m E Fill Filled True Fill Color EI LimeGree ell DG 100 E Location Points Collection E Rounded RoundWidth 20 bopyright 2006 w ll dare iwww rightedgesysterns com Volume 2700 30 Fill Transparency Specifies the level of transparency for this fill 0 completely trans Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Novi3 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 4 ES Watchlist Z Properties Build Output D I Live Data Ki Live System Welcome to RightEdge 50 The Fibonacci line draws lines at the well known Fibonacci retracement values Stretch the rounded rectangle to highlight these important retracements It now becomes clear when th
68. ucdveeccsuexed 173 Line Cha rtivcccececcsete ccstetececcten te ccc EERSTEN EES EES ENEE EENS ES 174 ICT lee Ee CG 175 Using Chart ei E 177 Chart Objects 179 Chart Objects Archimedes Spitral ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseneneees 180 Chart Objects Arrow Line cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseeseeeeeseeeeesesseeeeeesseneeeees 181 Chart Objects Asynchronous Linear Regression Channel cccceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 183 Chart Objects Circle iraniana aaeanoa ENEE EENS wees tua terndtan sedestdenscamebsenee 184 Chart Objects Cross Channel ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeesesseneeseeseeeeeesseneeeee 186 Chart Objects Downtrend Channel cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeseseeeeeeesseeeeeesseneeeees 187 Chart Objects EMI pse va 2 cccccceccccnnscecscsnedcecensdenctecnedesceecececuecnedeneceaseeetucnedestenaserenccaedeesuaceers 189 Chart Objects Equal Channel c seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeesesseeeeeesseneeeees 191 Chart Objects Equal Cycle Line ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensesseeeeeesseeeeeeseaneeeees 192 Cha rtiObje cts E 194 Chart Objects Fibonacci Circle ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeesseneeeesseneeeees 195 Chart Objects Fibonacci Cycle Line cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeesesseeeeee
69. 015 RightEdge Systems LLC 288 17 95 17 96 17 97 RightEdge Help Variable Moving Average VMA Indicator The variable moving average is an exponential moving average that adjusts the smoothing percentage based on the volatility of the price data The Variable Moving Average is used to account for volatility or lack thereof as the case may be In times of low volatility the moving average time period will be shorter to be more sensitive for when the trend breaks In more volatile times the moving average time period will be longer which ideally will filter out the choppiness The Variable Moving Average is also known as the VIDYA Indicator See Also Variable Moving Average VMA Indicator Developer Help Simple Moving Average SMA Indicator Triangular Moving Average TMA Indicator Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator Vertical Horizontal Filter VHF Indicator The Vertical Horizontal Filter VHF was devloped by Adam White to help determine if the current market is in a trending phase or a congestion phase There are three different ways of interpreting the VHF A high VHF means that the degree of trending is high and Trend Indicators will be more accurate Rising and falling VHF values indicate that a trending or congestion phase is developing respectively And the start of a trend will be preceded by low values
70. 17 1985 12 00 AM 2 11 1985 12 00 AM 0 00 APL Long 662 1 18 1985 12 00 AM 1 22 1985 12 00 4M 0 00 AAPL Long 665 2 13 1985 12 00 AM 3 28 1985 12 00 AM 0 00 AAPL Long 674 2 14 1985 12 00 AM 3 29 1985 12 00 AM 0 00 Page i Si of 1 Symbol Type Transaction Date Shares Price Comm Amount De Buy 11 19 1984 12 00 AM 602 2 53 0 00 2 030 95 0 Sell 11 23 1984 12 00 AM 802 2 67 0 00 2 138 65 Pi On the Trade List tab double clicking any of the trades will open a system chart and bring you to the position of that trade Summary Position List Prades Symbol Results Scan Transaction Date Shares 9 28 1984 12 00 AM 10 12 1984 12 00 AM 10 17 1984 12 00 AM 10 19 1984 12 00 AM 11 9 1984 12 00 4M 11 19 1984 12 00 AM 11 23 1984 12 00 4M 11 28 1984 12 00 4M 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 129 On the Symbol Results tab double clicking any symbol will open a system chart for that symbol Summary Position List Trade List Symbol Results Scan Profit Profit Per Bar Trades Winners Losers Winning 170 769 66 208 046 01 125 679 05 148 931 42 143 531 71 See Also Charting Overview 10 9 Start Live Trading System This help topic provides a very high level overview of back testing within RightEdge It is assumed that you have already configured a live data service a Watchlist and created or downloaded a trading system to run If not please follow the links below Configuring S
71. 17 91 See Also Tirone Levels Lower Developer Help Tirone Levels Upper Tirone Levels Center Tirone Levels Upper Indicator Developed by John Tirone the Tirone Levels Indicator consists of horizontal lines that help you recognize support and resistance levels based on a series of prices The upper level indicates resistance See Also Tirone Levels Upper Developer Hel Tirone Levels Lower Tirone Levels Center Triangular Moving Average TMA Indicator A triangular moving average is a form of a weighted moving average Unlike an exponential moving average the triangular moving average assigns a majority of the weight to the middle portion of the data See Also Triangular Moving Average TMA Indicator Developer Help Simple Moving Average SMA Indicator Weighted Moving Average WMA Indicator Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator TEMA Indicator The Triple Exponential Moving Average was developed by Patrick Mulloy and published in the January 1994 of Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities Moving averages are known for their lag time and the TEMA attempts to remedy this The calculation consists of a single EMA and a double EMA to smooth out and produce less head fakes According to Mr Mulloy a TEMA smoothed MACD produces fewer but more profitable signals as opposed to the traditional EMA smoot
72. 2 00 00 85 05 84 05 85 9 84 23404400 0 11 16 2006 12 00 00 84 87 85 61 86 3 84 62 24783600 0 11 17 2006 12 00 00 85 14 85 85 85 94 85 16658000 0 11 20 2006 12 00 00 85 4 86 47 87 85 2 20385500 0 11 21 2006 12 00 00 87 42 88 6 88 6 87 11 22238100 0 11 22 2006 12 00 00 88 99 0 31 90 75 87 85 23997900 0 11 24 2006 12 00 00 89 53 91 63 93 08 89 5 18524200 0 11 27 2006 12 00 00 92 51 89 54 93 16 89 5 38387000 0 11 28 2006 12 00 00 90 36 91 81 91 97 89 91 37006200 0 11 29 2006 12 00 00 93 91 8 93 15 90 25 41324400 0 11 30 2006 12 00 00 92 21 91 66 92 68 91 06 31088800 0 12 06 2006 12 00 00 90 64 89 83 91 39 89 67 22792300 0 This screen is displayed by right clicking on a symbol in the Watchlist pane The data appears in the document area The sample above shows the bar data displayed in a grid The items in the grid can be sorted by clicking the heading portion of the grid Dates are entered in a free form manner and are sensitive to locales Modifying Bar Data A Bar menu is added to the main window when the bar data editor is active The same menu may also be displayed by right clicking on the bar data editor itself Add Bar Adds a new row to the bottom of the grid Fill in the values to complete the addition of the new bar Remove Bar Removes the currently selected bar or bars Stock Split Displays the stock split dialog to split the prices The split dialog will prompt 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment e f
73. 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 106 RightEdge Help 9 3 Risk Assessment Options Research Options Live Systems System Results Options Chart Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Chart options contain a number of settings that pertain to the price charts in RightEdge Chart Style Specify the display style of price data Available options are candlestick stick also referred to as OHLC charts or line charts Default Bars per Page Specifies the default number of price points that are displayed on a chart Chart Scale Specifies the default scale for the chart A normal chart indicates that all vertical price points are represented equally A logarithmic scale skews the vertical points so that a given distance always represents the same percentage change in price Decimal Places Specifies the number of points values on the chart are carried out to Show Crosshairs Check this field to show crosshairs on the chart Crosshairs are drawn immediately underneath the current mouse position Horizontal and vertical lines will extend to their respective axis point Show Horizontal Grid When checked horizontal grid lines will be drawn along each tick Show Vertical Grid When checked vertical grid lines will be drawn along each tick Show Crosshair Label Check this field to display labels at the horizontal and vertical ends of the crosshair The horizontal
74. 4 9 Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Equal Cycle Line Draws a set of lines that are the same distance from each other vertically The distance is set by the initial two points For example if the distance between point 1 and point 2 is 5 there will be lines drawn at position 0 5 10 15 20 25 etc To draw an equal cycle line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 193 MO 1D O 69 67 H 70 61 69 24 C 69 79 Gopyright 2006 due Software www rightedgesystems com Yolume 1212 35 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A la
75. 50 and closed at 60 but the stock had gone up to 100 the MFE is 100 See Also Analyzing System Results MAE Drawdown OHLC Charts Definition This is an abbreviated name for Open High Low Close chart This is a chart style where each price point mentioned is noted 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Glossary of Terms 29 1310 0000 4 1305 0000 1290 0000 1285 0000 The chart above points out some of the basic features of the OHLC charts The up days where the close is higher than the open is the lighter of the two lines and the down days are represented with darker lines The high for the day is the highest point of the line where the low price of the day is the lowest point of the line The opening price is represented by the horizontal tick that faces to the left and the closing price is represented by the horizontal tick that faces to the right See Also Candlestick Charts Candlestick Chart Patterns Line Charts Bar Charts 19 20 Option The right but not the obligation to buy or short sell a specific amount of a given stock commodity currency or index at a specified price during a specified period of time The buyer of a call option has the right to buy shares of the underlying asset at the specified price and the buyer of a put option has the right to short sell the shares of the underlying asset at the specified price 19 21 Profit Target Profit targets are orders that are placed
76. Add System Parameter RightEdge supports any number of parameters in this list Each value is treated as a type of double Click the Add button to add a new empty parameter Use the property grid on the right to name this parameter and assign a default value Referencing Parameters Once optimization parameters have been added to the project they may be referenced in 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 25 RightEdge Help code Using the above parameter stochBuyValue we will only perform a buy if the StochK indicator is below our optimization parameter C if stochKValue lt SystemParameters stochBuyValue Perform buy here Visual Basic If stochKValue lt SystemParameters Item stochBuyValue Then Perform buy here End If See Also Optimization Dialog Optimization Output Automating RightEdge 16 2 Optimization Output Optimization is used to test a system with certain variables changed across simulation runs For more information see the Optimization Overview topic Once optimization runs have been completed a summary of each run is displayed in the document area 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Optimization 255 aer ege a EE ie File Edit View System Tools Window Help 2 B Ta HiP P S w Ei tiveoptions D E Indicators w D X TestSystem Optimization Results E Zig Zag adxThre Net Profit APR Exposure Max Ex Max Dra Trades inning Losing T Winning 1
77. CodeSnippet gt lt CodeSnippet Format 1 0 0 gt lt Header gt lt Title gt Current Close lt Title gt lt Shortcut gt close lt Shortcut gt lt Description gt Code snippet for current close value lt Description gt lt Author gt Yye Software lt Author gt lt Header gt lt Snippet gt lt Code Language csharp gt lt CDATA Close CurrentValue gt lt Code gt lt Snippet gt 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 99 lt CodeSnippet gt lt CodeSnippets gt Each code snippet starts with a lt CodeSnippets gt tag and the lt CodeSnippet gt itself is contained within The first four lines and the last three lines of the file should never need modification The lt Header gt blocks contain information about the code snippet The title of the code snippet is a descriptive name The shortcut is used to allow the developer to quickly invoke this code snippet The lt Snippet gt tag itself contains the meat of the snippet definition The language is specified in the lt Code gt tag followed by a CDATA element that contains the actual code that is inserted This simple example takes no parameters Once you have a firm understanding of this example consider opening some of the more complicated snippets especially those taking parameters to realize the full power of code snippets Note The editor window loads the code snippets when it is opened If you modify or create a code snippet simply close
78. Data Stores Displays the currently installed data stores RightEdge is configured to use a local data store that is all bar and tick data is saved to the local 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC hard disk Other data stores include stores that will allow data to be saved to a database or XML file If a data store requires additional information to function properly the Setup button immediately to the right of the list of data stores will enable The setup for the various data stores will vary Note Changing a data store can have serious implications including loss of data Please thoroughly understand the changes that will be made before committing them Account Currency The currency type of available cash with the broker The account currency can be set to any of the supported types and trades may be made in a different currency RightEdge will perform the currency conversion back to your account currency Note Historical currency data will have to be available for this conversion to work Apply Interest to open Forex Positions Specifies whether or not to debit or credit interest from open positions Forex Rollover Time The time of day that a spot forex position is rolled over by the broker This is typically the time of day where interest is either debited or credited from your open positions Close Data Download window on successful download Indicates if the progress window that is displayed while downloading historical data should be
79. Edge Systems LLC 270 17 38 17 39 17 40 RightEdge Help date in the data series It is an annualized standard deviation of price changes expressed as a percentage See Also Historical Volatility Developer Help Intraday Momentum Index IMI Indicator The Intraday Momentum Index IMI indicator is an average of a period s upward price changes to its downward price changes Values above 70 indicate a potential price drop in the future while values below 30 indicate a potential rise See Also Intraday Momentum Index IMI Developer Help Keltner Band Lower Keltner Bands also known as Keltner Channels were developed by Chester Keltner and introduced in his book How To Make Money In Commodities Keltner bands are similar to Bollinger Bands however instead of using band violations as a signal to counter trend he intended the violation as a confirmation of a breakout to the upside or downside A penetration of the lower band was considered a short signal and a penetration of the upper band is considered a long signal See Also Keltner Band Lower Developer Help Keltner Upper Keltner Band Upper Keltner Bands also known as Keltner Channels were developed by Chester Keltner and introduced in his book How To Make Money In Commodities Keltner bands are similar to Bollinger Bands however instead of using band violations as a signal to counter trend he intended the violation as a confirmation of a breakout to
80. End Sub End Class User Series If you want to calculate values in your system and show them on the chart you can use a UserSeries You use UserSeries in much the same way as indicators except that you can set the Current property and use the SetValue method to set previous values of the series The following example draws a series with the change in price from the close to the open divided by the height of the bar publicclass MySymbolScript MySymbolScript UserSeries mySeries public override void Startup mySeries new UserSeries mySeries ChartSettings ChartPaneName MySeriesPane mySeries ChartSettings Color Color Red mySeries ChartSettings DisplayName My Ratio public override void NewBar mySeries Current Close Current Open Current High Current Low Current 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC so RightEdge Help Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Private mySeries As UserSeries Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup mySeries New UserSeries mySeries ChartSettings ChartPaneName MySeriesPane mySeries ChartSettings Color Color Red mySeries ChartSettings DisplayName My Ratio End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub NewBar mySeries Current Close Current Open Current High Current Low Current End Sub End Class Working with Multiple Symbo
81. Indicator Moving averages are one of the oldest and most popular of technical analysis tools A simple moving average is calculated by adding together the closing prices of a financial instrument over a certain number of days and then dividing the sum by the number of days involved So for example the seven day average for a share price would be calculated by taking seven days worth of data adding them together and dividing by seven There are many ways of interpreting moving averages The most basic is to treat a change of direction in the moving average as a signal to buy or sell so if the moving average has been consistently rising and then it falls that is a signal to sell The classical interpretation used by most technical analysts is to compare the moving average with the price of the underlying asset and to plot them both on the same graph Before the share price rises above its moving average buy the share when it falls below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC om RightEdge Help 17 71 17 72 17 73 its moving average sell the share That is putting it in extremely simple terms and for a more sophisticated understanding read one of the many books on the subject A technical analyst would normally also consider other types of indicator before making a buy or sell decision See Also SMA Crossovers SMA Developer Help Technical Indicator Overview Technical Indicator List Standard Deviation Indicator Standa
82. K It is raw because it is calculated directly from the price and not smoothed The raw value is very volatile so it is typically smoothed through a moving average This smoothed value is called D A long signal occurs when the fast line crosses under the slow line below a reading of 20 A sell or short sell signal occurs when the fast line crosses over the slow line above a reading of 80 See Also Stochastic Oscillator Developer Help Stochastic K Fast Stochastic D Slow Stochastic RSI Stochastic RSI Indicator Developed by Tuschar Chande and Stanley Kroll StochRSI is an oscillator that measures the level of RSI relative to its range over a set period of time The indicator uses RSI as the foundation and applies to it the formula behind Stochastics The result is an oscillator that fluctuates between 0 and 1 This oscillator provides a bit more sensitivity to the standard RSI See Also StochRSI Developer Help Stochastic K Fast Stochastic D Slow Stochastic Oscillator Subtract Series Indicator A utility indicator to subtracting two existing indicator series from one another See Also Subtract Series Developer Help Add Series Multiply Series Divide Series Shift Series 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 285 17 85 Swing Index Indicator The Swing Index by Welles Wilder was developed to provide a line that decreases the noise that is price movements The end result is a single line
83. Kurs Tageshoch Tagestief Volume 13 03 08 6437 74 6529 62 6529 62 6421 62 2275600 12 03 08 6599 37 6574 52 6666 58 6569 36 6487860 11 03 08 6524 57 6462 53 6604 00 6431 74 7523810 10 03 08 6448 08 6487 11 6537 39 6414 52 6409640 07 03 08 6513 99 6550 55 6562 40 6450 88 7589500 Symbol DAX Historie 13 03 2008 Timestamp 3 13 2008 00 00 00 Open 6437 74 High 6529 62 Low 6421 62 Close 6529 62 Date Format This dropdown contains a list of common date formats Time Format This dropdown contains a list of common time formats Date Separator Dash and or Slash are common delimiters If the date is not slash or dash separated uncheck both Dash and Slash and type the delimiter into the Other field Decimal Separator Specify the character that is used to indicate a decimal value Thousands Separator Specify the character that is used to indicate a thousands separator Timestamp at end of bar Indicates that the time value encountered is when the bar is ending By default RightEdge assumes that the timestamp in the imported file indicates the beginning of the bar Dates in descending order 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 136 RightEdge Help By default RightEdge expects the dates of each bar to appear in ascending order Select this option to reverse this Advanced Click this button to specify the date and time elements independently Date and Time Format Date Order Date Separators Date Time Separators mdy
84. LC Technical Indicators 261 17 11 Average True Range Indicator Average true range is a volatility indicator High ATR values are often correlated with high volatility as prices bottom and there is a sell off Low ATR values are often correlated with low volatility as prices stabilize or move into a sideways channel prior to a possible breakout See Also Average True Range Developer Help True Range Indicator 17 12 Balance of Power Indicator Based on Igor Livshin s article in the August 2001 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities According to Livshin The balance of power BOP indicator measures the strength of the bulls vs bears by assessing the ability of each to push price to an extreme level Livshin recommends a 14 period moving average though the number of periods varies depending on the nature of the market and the time frame A change in the BOP trend serves as a warning signal and should be confirmed by a change in the price direction See Also Balance of Power Developer Help 17 13 Bollinger Band Lower Indicator Bollinger Bands are a technical trading tool created by John Bollinger in the early 1980s They arose from the need for adaptive trading bands and the observation that volatility was dynamic not static as was widely believed at the time The purpose of Bollinger Bands is to provide a relative definition of high and low By definition prices are high at the upper band and low at the lower
85. Logarithmic spiral select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 210 RightEdge Help DIH 1D O 46 43 H 146 94 L 145 10 C 146 53 Eobyright 2006 Yye bag wviw rightedgesystems com Velume 797 91 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec1i8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Sweep Angle Sets the angle of the end point of this spiral See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 211 14 22 Chart Objects Linear Regression Channel A classic statistical problem is to try to determine the relationship between two random variables The Linear Regression channel displays the statistically predicted price value To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart NDAQ 1D Cdpyright 2006 vue S
86. MA INCI CatOl E 286 SR G e TE 287 True Range Indicators eeeesesgsses stees sgsee t iessen desse EES EEEEEEE AA ERES 287 Ultimate Oscillator Indicator SEENEN REENEN EEN EEN seca ee ENEE ENEE 287 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Contents 9 95 Variable Moving Average VMA INdiCator ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeseeeeeeesees 288 96 Vertical Horizontal Filter VHF Indicator SEENEN REENEN EEN EE EEE RENE 288 97 Volume Adjusted Moving Average INdiCatol cececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseaneeeesees 288 98 Volume Oscillator INGiCAtOl ceecececeeeeeeeeeee ee ee esse ee eeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseaeneeeseaeeeeesees 289 99 Volume Rate of Change INdiCator csecececceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeaeeeeeseaneeeeseas 289 100 Weighted Close INdiCatol cccccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseaeseeeseaeeeeesees 289 101 Weighted Moving Average WMA INdiCator ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneeeeeees 289 102 Widner Band Lower Indicetor SEENEN ENEE ENEE ENNEN ENEE EEN REENEN ENEE 290 103 Widner Band Upper INdiCator ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeesees 290 104 Widner Oscillator IMGiCator ccceecececeeeeeeeeee ener seen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseaeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeaneeeeeees 290 105 Wilders Smoothing INdicator cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee
87. Position Type Specifies whether this position is long or short Entry Time The time that this order was submitted to the broker Shares The number of shares or contracts Open Price The original fill price when this position was opened Close Price The fill price of the closing order P L The final or realized profit and loss Bars Held The number of bars or periods that this position was open Close Name A user defined name given to this close order Manipulating Grid Columns Columns in all of the grids in the live system pane can be sorted and rearranged To change the order of the columns simply click and drag a column Release the mouse button when the column is dragged past the boundary of the target column Using the Closed Positions grid as an example to put the Order Type column at the far right click and drag the Order Type column until it is past the rightmost border of the Close Name column Release the mouse button to set the new column position Click the left mouse button once on any grid column header to sort Click again on the same column to reverse the sort See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Chart Objects Pane Build Output Pane Properties Pane The properties pane is a dynamic pane the reflects configurable items for the currently selected object Many objects in the RightEdge environment are configurable at
88. RightEdge 2010 Program Documentation by RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge is a trading system development product Trading systems can be backtested and run in a live environment RightEdge Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompanyit In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for anyloss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Contents 3 Table of Contents Part Getting Started 11 Part Il What s New In This Edition 17 Part Ill Charting Overview 22 Part IV Using the RightEdge Environment 31 Part V Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge 35 Part VI Analyzing System Results 53 Part VII Technical Indicator L
89. SI indicator Like RSI this indicator determines its values based on the upward and downward price changes amp nbps The difference in the two being that RSI compares the current price to the price the day before RMI compares the price to n days ago See Also Relative Momentum Index RMI Developer Help Relative Strength Index RSI Relative Strength RSI Indicator RSI was developed by J Welles Wilder in 1978 It is an oscillating indicator where buy signals are readings of 30 and below while sell signals are of 70 or greater In very volatile markets 20 may be considered a buy and 80 a sell See Also Relative Strength RSI Developer Help Relative Vigor Index RVI Indicator This is a trend following indicator that can confirm the general trend of the market The idea behind Relative Vigor Index is that the vigor of the move is established when the prices end up at the close To normalize the index to the daily trading range divide the change of price by the maximum range of prices for the day The calculation consists of dividing the close minus the open by the high minus the low The number of periods specified is the smoothing factor A default of 10 is recommended As with most trend indicators the higher number of periods the less whipsawing but the worse the lag See Also Relative Vigor Index RVI Developer Help Relative Volatility Index Indicator The Relative Volatility Index or RVI was developed by Donald Dor
90. Settings Clicking the Load button will allow for retrieval of previously saved field settings The Save button allows the currently set fields to be saved to disk for later use This is particularly useful if the same file is parsed on a regular basis 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 132 RightEdge Help Autodetect Click this button to force RightEdge to auto detect the columns within the file Symbol Name Specify the name of the symbol as it will appear in the Watchlist Details Allows additional information to be set for this symbol For example if this is a futures contract set the expiration date in the symbol details screen Bars or Ticks Specifies whether this data file contains bar or tick data Bar Frequency Specifies the frequency of the imported data Tick Types Select this item to map tick types to the data file RightEdge supports bid ask and last tick types Fields Tab If the field definitions are not retrieved from disk it will be necessary to specify them manually These can be specified regardless of the tab selected by simply clicking the header of the sample data shown in the output window In this particular case it was necessary to select the proper delimiter This file is comma delimited therefore we have select the Comma checkbox 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 133 Delimiters E Tab V Comma E Semicolon Characters to Ignore Header Rows H ER2 1MIN SAMPLE b
91. Start Date J Inherit Broker Service Inherit Paper Broker Realtime Data Realtime Data Service Inherit lt None gt Save Tick Data Save Aggregated Bars Inherit No Inherit Yes or __concel_ As previously mentioned RightEdge ships with a predefined historical data plugin for Yahoo This service is configured with the name Historical Historical shows up in the list and is currently assigned to the Dow 30 folder For the case of historical data plugins it is possible to set a start date at which historical data is retrieved For example GE contains nearly 50 years of historical data on Yahoo It may not be necessary to retrieve this much data Select the Data Download Start Date to limit this data collection Broker and real time data services will also be assigned here Inheriting Folder Settings By default folder settings are setup to inherit Inheritance is a powerful time saving feature where you can set a parent folder with specific information such as service selections data saving selections and frequencies and allow folders that appear underneath the parent folder to use those settings This saves time since each folder does not have to be explicitly setup See Also Getting Started Start Collecting Live Data Starting a Live System Charting 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 124 10 4 Configure a Service A service is a type of plugin that
92. Statement completion is enabled as code is typed into the code editor Specific language elements will automatically trigger the proposed completion path This allows you to keep your context find the information you need and insert language elements directly into 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 95 your code 26 public override void NewSymbolBar Symbol symbol BarData bar 73 28 string stringValue 29 stringValue Rel 30 List lt BarD LastIndexOfAny a pata BarCollections symbol 31 if bars E Length 32 ae duaia e Normalize KR 2 High 33 o ount 2 High 34 mi string string Remove int startIndex 1 overload 35 PadRight Deletes all the characters from this string beginning at a specified position and continuing through the last position 36 ISeries a Repl Exceptions 47 eplace 37 double ad ep System ArgumentOutOfRangeException 38 ISeries w Split 7 39 double wi StartsWith Series Count 11 re Substring Line Numbering You can turn line numbering on and off in the Options dialog box To jump to a particular line choose Goto Line on the Edit menu or press CTRL G Coding Problem Indicators C Only As you enter and compile code in the Code Editor wavy lines appear beneath code that is incorrect or could cause a problem These are sometimes called squigglies Code Snippets The editor supports Visual Studio style code snippets R
93. This oscillator is to be used like an other oscillator When the fast line crosses through the bottom of the slow line this indicates a long signal When the fast line crosses under the slow line this indicates a sell or short signal The fast line is simply the COG oscillator offset See Also Center of Gravity Oscillator Developer Help Chaikin Money Flow Indicator The Chaikin Money Flow indicator developed by Marc Chaikin is used to confirma bullish or bearish trend This indicator may also be useful to detect reversals when there is divergence between the price and CMF line Readings of less than 0 are considered bearish If a stock is in an uptrend with readings below 0 this may be a sign of weakness or an end to the trend Marc Chaikin considers a reading below 0 25 to be indicative of strong selling pressure Conversely a reading above 0 25 is considered to be indicative of strong buying pressure See Also Chaikin Money Flow Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 263 17 17 Chaikin Oscillator Indicator Chaikin s oscillator is a volume indicator based on the Accumulation Distribution indicator When there is a divergence between the indicator in the stock price this may indicate that a trend reversal in price is due A falling price trend shown in conjunction with a bullish divergence in the oscillator may be a sign that the falling trend is nearly over and the price will reverse The same is i
94. Trading System Trading System Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Parallelogram 219 n dex Percent Line 220 Rectangle 222 Rectangle Band 223 A Rectangle Price 225 es Rounded Rectangle 226 Sine Object 228 Square Cycle Line 229 Standard Channel 231 Standard Error Channel 232 Analyzing System Results 53 139 Automating RightEdge 67 B Symmetry Line 234 Text 236 Backtesting 124 Triangle 238 System Results 53 139 Up Down Trend Channel 239 Bar Data Uptrend Channel 241 Editor 80 Vertical Line 243 Charting H C Ce Chart Colors 107 Chart Options 106 Chart Objects 177 OVO 22108 Arc 214 Saved Charts 147 Archimedes Spiral 180 Charts Arrow Line 181 Detaching Charts 99 Asynchronous Linear Regression Channel 183 Open Live Charts 171 Circle 184 Showing Real Time Charts 171 Cross Channel 186 Stacking Chars 175 Downtrend Channel 187 Configuring 121 157 Ellipse 189 Chart Colors 107 Equal Channel 191 Chart Options 106 Equal Cycle Line 192 Services 121 157 Fan 194 Watchlists 118 Fibonacci Circle 195 Fibonacci Cycle Line 197 D Fibonacci Fan 198 Horizontal Line 200 Data Import 130 Hyperbolic Spiral 201 Data Sources 121 157 Image 203 default optimization plugin 246 Label 204 Definitions Line 205 Annual Percentage Return 295 Linear Regression Channel 211 APR 295 Linear Regression Line 212 Asset Class 295 List 207 Backtesting 295 Lituus Spiral 208 Bar Chart 172 Logarithmic Spiral 209 Buy and Hold 296 Multi Arc 214 C 296 Open Line
95. a K Live System Once live data is started it can be stopped by the stop button on the live options toolbar or by stopping a currently running system Note Open a live chart based on the collected data by double clicking any symbol in the live data list Discarding Live Data Depending on the number of symbols for which you are capturing live data whether you are saving tick data and other factors such as the speed of your computer live data may arrive too fast to process As this happens the list of pending ticks will grow Eventually RightEdge will catch up by discarding all of the current pending ticks A warning will show up at the bottom of the live data pane as shown below Live Data Symbol i Bid Size Ask Size Last Volume AAPL 866 J ADBE 102 ADSK 482 AKAM 102 ALTR 690 AMAT 218 ARATRI You can control the length of time before RightEdge discards tick data with the Maximum 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment Live Data Backlog setting To avoid discarding data you can reduce the number of symbols you retrieve data for switch to a higher performance data store or turn off the option to save raw tick data in the watchlist folder settings Tick data may also be dropped if the time for a tick is out of order or if it is outside of exchange hours that you have specified in the live options Configuring the View Different pieces of tick data are valuable to different systems and diff
96. a m Import Tick Data Editor Specify Range Cl Intere Check Bar Data for Problems a 1QFee e La Liquid Export Bar Data a Ska OEC T alle OT Te CZ Remove Symbol New Watchlist Folder EI Remove and Purge Symbol Welcome to RightE Purge Data Only Symbol Information Displays the Symbol Information dialog to configure the individual symbol Symbol Notes Allows for free form text notes to be associated with this symbol Research Symbol This menu is available based on items configured in the Research tab under Options It allows research to be performed using external resources specific to this symbol Quick Chart This option will display a vanilla price and volume chart in the document area for the selected symbol Quick Chart With Chart Settings This option is populated when there are previously saved charts available See Saved Charts for more information Bar Data Editor Displays the bar data editor for access to the raw price values stored for this symbol See the Bar Data Editor section for more information Tick Data Editor Displays the tick data editor for access to the raw tick values stored for this symbol Tick Data Editor Specify Range Displays the tick data editor for the specified date range This is useful when the store contains a significant amount of data and loading all 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 8 4 of it is not feasible Check Bar Data For Problems Runs a series of che
97. ack 1 Visual Basic NET If Bars Count gt 2 Then Compute the change in price from the previous bar s close to this bar s open Dim diff As Double Bars Current Open Bars LookBack 1 Close Dim diff2 As Double Open Current Close LookBack 1 End If Note that this code checks to make sure there are at least two total bars before trying to access the previous bar Without this check the code would try to access the previous bar the first time NewBar was called which would cause an index out of range exception to be thrown Opening a Position To open a position you can call the OpenPosition method The simplest overload of this 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge a method takes a position type and an order type Other overloads allow you to specify a price for limit and stop orders and the size of the position If you do not specify a size then the allocation settings will be used to size the position These can be modified in the system properties or in code via the PositionManager UseFixedAmountPerPosition PositionManager PercentPerPosition and PositionManager FixedAmountPerPosition properties The OpenPosition method returns a Position object There are various errors that may occur when you try to open a position for example if the limit price was not specified for a limit order or the maximum number of positions specified in the project properties are already
98. ading system select the Frequency section under the General subheading in the Trading System Properties pane Note As stated above these frequency generators are plugins which allows anyone to write a custom frequency plugin for use in a trading system See Also Adding and Editing Frequencies 9 10 1 Adding and Editing Frequencies Frequencies are plugin based RightEdge ships with three frequency plugins Time tick and constant volume plugins When Add or Edit is clicked from the Saved Frequencies screen the Frequency 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Options 115 configuration screen is presented as shown below e Choose Frequency lt a Frequency Name My Tick Frequency Frequency Type The frequency plugin using to generate this frequency Settings Any settings that the frequency plugin provides to configure this frequency These are provided by the plugin and are likely different based on the item selected in the Frequency Type drop down Frequency Name The friendly name given to this particular frequency configuration Note Since frequencies are plugin based more items may show in the Frequency Type drop down See Also Managing Frequencies 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ne RightEdge Help 10 10 1 How Do The How Do I section is a task based section to help perform common functions within RightEdge The sections available are Configuring Services for data and broker
99. after a position is opened This is typically set as a percentage of the opening price For example if 100 shares of stock XYZ was purchased at 50 if a profit target of 10 is set in the trading system an order is sent to close the position when the price of XYZ reaches 55 To set a profit target within a trading system review the Setting a Profit Target topic See Also Analyzing System Results Setting a Profit Target 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC am RightEdge Help 19 22 19 23 19 24 19 25 Short Selling Short selling selling short or shorting is a way to profit from the falling price of the underlying asset This is accomplished by selling or borrowing shares or contracts of an asset that is not currently owned Since the asset is sold an account will be credited with the current selling price However the short seller must return the borrowed asset at a later date This is known as covering the short position For the short seller to profit ideally the short position is covered when the price of the underlying asset is at a price that is less than what it was sold for The short seller can buy the asset back thereby becoming flat and pocket the difference Short selling is considered risky by most for two reasons First it is possible to lose more than 100 of your account short selling Since it is not possible for an asset price to go below 0 the long position taker cannot lose more than 100 of the initial i
100. age may be the sign of a new bull market The author claims that there is a 76 possibility of a bull market when the PVI is above its one year moving average See Also Positive Volume Index PVI Developer Help Negative Volume Index NVI 17 57 Price and Volume Trend PVT Indicator The Price and Volume Trend PVT indicator shows the balance between the supply and demand of a stock This indicator is similar to the On Balance Volume indicator 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 276 17 58 17 59 17 60 RightEdge Help See Also Price and Volume Trend PVT Developer Hel Price Channel Lower Indicator Price Channels originally developed by Ralph Nelson Elliot were originally used to signal the completion of wave counts that were central to his Elliott Wave Theory Price channels are used to detect breakouts out of Support or resistance lines The upper channel is drawn at the highest high of last N periods The lower channel is drawn at the lowest low of the last N periods If the upper channel is penetrated this may be a sign of new buyers and further appreciation of the asset A penetration of the lower channel may be a sign of new selling and lower prices to come See Also Price Channel Lower Developer Help Price Channel Upper Price Channel Upper Indicator Price Channels originally developed by Ralph Nelson Elliot were originally used to signal the completion of wave counts that were central to his El
101. alk through of configuring services visit the Configuring Services section Once services are configured the next step is to create a symbol list Right click on the Watchlist window shown above to create a folder Select New Folder and assign the folder any name Right click on the newly created folder and click configure folder This is the area to enter symbols select the historical data provider real time data provider and broker For details on the Watchlist pane see the Watchlist section 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help Main Screen Navigation The main screen in RightEdge is designed to display as much information as possible without getting in the way of doing work Since you know the best way that you work the panes within RightEdge are dockable floatable detachable and pinnable eee ee File Edit View System Tools Window Help ZS SI RB By SZ P m F iliveoptions gt D Rep Chart Objects 2 X TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL UP Fibonacci Code Line Ss Fibonacci Line Horizontal Line E System Drawin A Vertical Line 4 EEN Common 14 Linear Regression Line a Indicators Percent Line E Triggers l Square Cyde Line Ai Actions DI Symmetry Line KI Indicators Bollinger Lowe A_TectSuctem re H ni H E Asyn Channel Linear Ri Ka Cross Channel Zi Up Trend Channel Y Down Trend Channel YA Up Down Trend Chann
102. all editor window instances and load them again 8 18 Floating Documents The document area will contain document like items such as charts and source files Documents cannot be docked within other panes however documents can be split within the document area or float Click the tab area of the document with the left mouse button and begin to drag the tab 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 10 RightEdge Help 8 19 File Edit View System Tools Window Help E B i H Pen E Live Options gt K S Indicators TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL 4 gt X Trading System IT Momentum ip O 75 63 fH 76 88 L 74 74 C 75 i H S TestSystem H S Other i AN References B E Trend i 4 i System Volatility i i i System Drawing EI Average True Range A i i i System Xml EI Bollinger Lower Band 7 H EI Bollinger Upper Band EI Center of Gravity Oscillator EI Chaikin s Oscillator EI Chaikin s Volatility E Envelope Upper Band EI Forecast Oscillator EI Historical Volatility EI Keltner Lower Band EI Keltner Upper Band Wa Chart Objects G4 Components Z Indicators b I X a Copyright 2006 Yye Software wiv rightedgesystems com Standard Deviation 1 112 B Live Data Ki Liv Welcome to RightEdge Notice that the chart for CAT is outside of the main RightEdge application window This chart can be dragged anywhere on the
103. and MSFT when you run this system because the inputs to the DivideSeries indicator would not be set If you use an indicator from one symbol as an input to an indicator for another symbol you need to make sure the indicator has been created before you use SetInputs to set it as an input to another indicator The easiest way to do this is to call the constructor on the same line you declare the indicator and call the SetInputs method from the Startup method 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Analyzing System Results 53 6 Analyzing System Results The System Results screen contains a great deal of information and also a great deal of flexibility when deciding how to utilize the information This topic will deal with interpreting the information as well as managing it for your needs with features such as exporting and printing This section is broken up into two main areas The first area describes the functionality presented within the system results and the second area goes into detail about the information that is presented 1 Manipulating System Results 2 Interpreting System Results a Summary System Parameters Position List Trade List Symbol Results Scan Charts OO hm Oo Or Manipulating System Results When a simulation has completed the system results are displayed in the document area of RightEdge The System Results document contains multiple tabs each assessing different aspects of the simulation System Resu
104. ands extreme price movements mean that the price has penetrated the upper or lower band If the price has moved outside of the bands use other indicators to determine if a reversal is imminent See Also Standard Error Channel Lower Developer Help Standard Error Standard Error Channel Upper Linear Regression Trendline Standard Error Channel Upper Indicator The Standard Error Channel indicator consists of two lines These lines are based on the number of standard error calcuations above and below the Linear Regression Trendline Use the channels to determine if the price has moved into extreme territories Like most bands extreme price movements mean that the price has penetrated the upper or lower band If the price has moved outside of the bands use other indicators to determine if a reversal is imminent See Also Standard Error Channel Upper Developer Help Standard Error Standard Error Channel Lower Linear Regression Trendline 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 283 17 79 Stochastic D Slow Indicator The raw stochastic calculation is referred to as K It is raw because it is calculated directly from the price and not smoothed The raw value is very volatile so it is typically smoothed through a moving average This smoothed value is called D A long signal occurs when the fast line crosses under the slow line below a reading of 20 A sell or short sell signal occurs when the fast li
105. angle e Sine Object Square Cycle Line Standard Channel Standard Error Channel Symmetry Line e Text Triangle Up Down Trend Channel Up Trend Channel Vertical Line See Also Using Chart Objects 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 180 RightEdge Help 14 1 Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects Archimedes Spiral This Archimedes spiral is distinguished from the logarithmic spiral by the fact that successive turnings of the spiral have a constant separation distance while in a logarithmic spiral these distances form a geometric progression To draw an Archimedes spiral select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart ABX 1D O 90 24 H 30 73 L 30 2 C 30 71 Copyright 2006 Yye Software wviw rightedgesystems com Volume 417 94 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Novis Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 181 Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indica
106. ar Regression Line 215 Candlestick Chart 173 Pane 82 Drawdown 296 Parabolic Spiral 217 Exchange 295 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC so RightEdge Help Definitions Exposure 297 Forex 295 Futures 295 Initial Margin 297 Limit Order 297 Line Chat 174 Long Position 297 MAE 298 Maintenance Margin 298 Margin 298 Maximum Adverse Excursion 298 Maximum Favorable Excursion 298 MFE 298 OHLC Charts 298 Open High Low Close Charts 298 Options 299 Payoff Ratio 293 Profit Factor 293 Profit Target 299 Recovery Factor 293 Risk Adjusted Return 294 Sharpe Ratio 294 Short Position 300 Simulation 295 Stock 300 Stop Loss 300 Strike Price 295 Symbols 300 Timeout 301 Visual Basic 301 Drag and Drop System Components Pane 81 E Editor Editor Options 109 Using the Editor 92 Examples Creating an Indicator 250 Gs Getting Started 11 H Historical Volatility 269 31 64 Importing Data 130 Indicators 61 Accumulation Distribution 258 Accumulation Swing Index 258 Add Series 258 ADX 259 ADXR 259 Aroon Down 259 Aroon Oscillator 260 Aroon Up 260 Average Price 260 Average True Range 261 Balance of Power 261 Bollinger Band Lower 261 Bollinger Band Upper 262 Center of Gravity Oscillator 262 Chaikin Money Flow 262 Chaikin Oscillator 263 Chaikin Volatility 263 Chande Momentum 263 Commodity Channel 263 Commodity Selection Index 264 Constant Series 264 DEMA 267 Detrended Price Oscillato
107. arily price information Chart objects are used to help identify or outline patterns such as support and resistance lines or channels Chart objects are useful to both pure technical as well as discretionary traders The Chart Objects pane is located in the upper left pane by default If the Chart Objects pane is not visible select Chart Objects from View menu The Chart Objects panel breaks the objects down into logical types Simply click an object heading to expand the group and reveal the underlying available objects To start expand the Lines group Click the Line object and drag it onto an open chart Release the mouse button to establish the first point of the line Move the mouse to change the length and direction of the line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC TI Equal Cyde Line Ai Fibonacci Cyde Line F Fibonacci Line Le T RightEdge Chart ALL oe File Edit View Tools Window Help B Ta 3 Ji P P m i liveOptions D Chart Objects s ax Chart AAPL Chart ALL eA Lines zap 0 61 32 neng L 61 28 C 61 92 vi Arrow Line a d Line a Horizontal Line Vertical Line n Linear Regression Line gm r ES Percent Line l Square Cyde Line It Symmetry Line ay Chart Comp Z Indi Properties e a X D Appearance Color Hl Black Spee AntiAlias Transparency 255 Width 2 D Location Points Collection Copyright 2006 Yye Software vivew rightedgesystems com Volume 2470 20
108. arted automatically if running a live system Shut RightEdge down upon task completion Specifies an unattended optimization run using the specified file see below for input file format Additional notes on command line switches Optional parameters are in brackets Items shown in quotes should contain quotes to ensure that spaces contained the within the parameters are properly accounted for If a live system or simulation is not specified and a project file is specified The project file will open However a project file is absolutely required if a simulation or live system run is specified A project file rep can be specified all by itself on the command with no switches RightEdge will start up and simply open this trading system project file If running an optimization the optimization inputs are required on the command line using the O option The list of parameters can be comma or tab separated but must be in the following order Parameter Name Low High Number of Steps For example to specify the optimization inputs for a system that has an optimization parameter named MyOptVar the file would look like this MyOptVar 10 100 10 This would specify that the optimization value starts at 10 and ends at 100 with a step increment of 10 Order of Operation Evaluation 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment e Project file is opened Watchlist folder is selected Historical data is updated Ei
109. ation The simulation tab contains options that are relevant to running a system against historical data or backtesting E Project Properties d Save Optimization Results Analyze High Before Low Save Optimization Results For every optimization run the run data in its entirety is 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 103 saved to disk for later retrieval In situations where the number of runs are large this may not make practical sense If optimization results are not saved only summary data for the optimization run will be available Any attempt to drill down from the optimization summary screen will result in an error You may now load these optimization results files for later use Simply use the Open System Results menu option on the File menu NOTE Optimization results files will not be compatible between different builds of RightEdge This is meant for gathering temporary run information Analyze High Before Low Typically in a simulation tick data or lower level data may not be available Without that data is impossible to know in which order the high or low of the period was hit RightEdge defaults to processing the low tick first Place a check next to this option to reverse that behavior See Also New Trading System Trading System Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 9 9 1 9 2 Options RightEdge Program Options RightEdge comes with a num
110. aw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or not this rectangle band will be filled If not filled the rectangle band s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the rectangle band s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the rectangle band is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Rounded Rectangle This object plots a simple rectangle with rounded comers This rectangle is identical to the simple rectangle except that the corners will be rounded To draw a rounded rectangle select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 227 JNJ 1D 0 65 90 H 66 32 L 65 73 amp 66 20 Volume 677 87 20060ct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 DecO4 Decii Dec18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width
111. band This definition can aid in rigorous pattern recognition and is useful in comparing price action to the action of indicators to arrive at systematic trading decisions In some cases a penetration of the lower band could be considered an oversold condition and a reversal may be forthcoming See Also Bollinger Band Lower Developer Help Bollinger Band Upper 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC oe RightEdge Help 17 14 Bollinger Band Upper Indicator 17 15 17 16 Bollinger Bands are a technical trading tool created by John Bollinger in the early 1980s They arose fromthe need for adaptive trading bands and the observation that volatility was dynamic not static as was widely believed at the time The purpose of Bollinger Bands is to provide a relative definition of high and low By definition prices are high at the upper band and low at the lower band This definition can aid in rigorous pattern recognition and is useful in comparing price action to the action of indicators to arrive at systematic trading decisions In some cases a penetration of the upper band could be considered an overbought condition and a reversal may be forthcoming See Also Bollinger Band Upper Developer Help Bollinger Band Lower Center of Gravity Oscillator Indicator The Center of Gravity Oscillator by John Ehlers was first published in Technical Analysis of Stock and Commodities in May 2002 Ehlers claims that this a zero lag oscillator
112. bars as measured by the x axis Category labels are displayed on the y axis Bar charts are typically used to compare values between categories Bar charts are typically used to represent volume on a stock chart as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charts 173 Volume Bars eh 13 4 Candlestick Chart See Also Candlestick Charts Candlestick charts are sometimes referred to as Japanese candlestick charts since 17th century Japanese traders were reported to use these types of charts to speculate on rice prices Candlesticks contain the same data as a normal bar chart but highlight the relationship between opening and closing prices The narrow stick represents the range of prices traded during the period high to low while the broad mid section represents the opening and closing prices for the period If the close is higher than the open the candlestick body is said to be hollow or open A higher price is typically represented with a light color If the open is higher than the close the candlestick body is said to be dark or closed A lower price is typically represented with a dark color 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 13 5 J Dark body 1 nr p 7 a i OU Open Body The chart above points out some of the basic features of the candlestick charts The wick portion of the chart is the high and low information If there is a wick at the bottom this would be the lowest pric
113. ber of program level options These options are available to customize your RightEdge experience To select the options click the Options item from the Tools menu The Options dialog contains the following tabs Chart Colors Used to configure the colors of the various items on the candlestick or bar charts Chart Options Configure the various visual aspects of the chart such as chart style scale bars per page Editor Options Configures the source code editor options such as font colors tab size etc General Options Configures global options for RightEdge Items such as data store currency etc Live Options Options specific to running live systems Items such as position management broker interfaces etc Research Options Configures settings that aid in quickly determining relevant information about a particular symbol Risk Assessment Contains settings that allow hiding and revealing certain risk assessment calculations performed after a simulation run System Results Options Settings for the customizing the System Results screen See Also Chart Colors Chart Options Editor Options General Options Live Systems Research Options Portfolio Risk Assessment Options System Results Options General Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The General options contain a number of settings that are global in nature to RightEdge Available
114. c AveragePriceSample base true public override List CalcSeriesValues IList bars return base CalcSeriesValues bars public override double CalcNextValue BarData bar if bar EmptyBar return double NaN return bar High bar Low bar Close 3 0 A few items to note First the attributes at the top of the class declaration tell the RightEdge user interface some specific details about this indicator The first item is the default color proposed to the user whenever they drag and drop this indicator to a chart or System Designer The next attribute is the group that the indicator will fall under in the user interface The description is a brief one sentence bit of information about this indicator The Id is a unique identifier which allows this indicator to be identified even if the name version or other attributes are changed The HelpText attribute is long text describing this indicator in detail It is recommended that you give an overview of the indicator its recommended uses and how to interpret the values produced Finally the indicator plugin has been created successfully Now it must be copied to the RightEdge plugin directory The plugin directory is located off of the main application directory specified during the installation The directory is named Plugins After the plugin has been copied to this directory start RightEdge and the plugin if implemen
115. cates no transparency Line Frequencies Contains the raw Fibonacci ratios See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 197 14 12 Chart Objects Fibonacci Cycle Line Creates a Fibonacci cycle line Similar to the equal cycle line except for the fact that the lines are drawn using Fibonacci values instead of equal numbers To draw a Fibonacci cycle line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart MCD iD 43 51 H 43 94 L 49 38 C 43 49 8 d Volume 464 26 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the cycle lines in relation to the chart edges 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 1 RightEdge Help 14 13 Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text If Show Text is set to False this setting is ignored Max Lines Sets the maximum number of cycle lines to be drawn Show Text Set this to True to show the cycle line text False to hide the
116. cified See Also Bar Data Cleanup 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 139 10 11 1 Bar Data Cleanup The bar data cleanup utility is used to identify problems with bar data The utility looks for Bar timestamps that are not rounded to the correct frequency An example of this would be 5 minute bars where the timestamps would be precisely every 5 minutes If one or more bar timestamps does not fall precisely on this boundary RightEdge will flag it as a bar timestamp not rounded based on bar frequency Duplicate bars for the same timestamp If two or more bars contain the exact same timestamp this will be logged as a problem Duplicate bars after rounding for the same timestamp If a bar is out of the frequency boundaries it would be rounded however this rounding may create a collision with another bar This will be flagged as an issue When issues are found within the bar data the symbol frequency timestamp and price data are all displayed in the clean up list You may use the Bar Data Editor to fix these problems manually or click the Autofix All button to allow RightEdge to make an attempt to fix these problems automatically See Also Import Data Bar Data Editor 10 12 Analyze Simulation Results The System Results screen contains a great deal of information and also a great deal of flexibility when deciding how to utilize the information This topic will deal with interpreting the information as well as manag
117. cks on bar data to find duplicate bars bars out of sequence data range issues and more Export Bar Data Facilitates exporting the raw price and volume data into a text file Clone Symbol Creates a copy of the selected symbol complete with all settings Remove Symbol Deletes the selected symbol from this folder Symbol items can also be deleted under the General tab of the Symbol Folder Settings Updating Watchlist Data In the case of historical data the Watchlist can control data updates For instance if a watchlist for the Nasdaq 100 was created with a frequency of Daily at the end of the day it would be necessary to update the data in this folder manually To do so use the toolbar located at the top of the Watchlist Watchlist GF The first button will update all historical data for all symbols indiscriminately The second button will update the symbols that are checked The third button will export the raw data for the selected symbols Data is exported in a tab delimited format in the following order Symbol Date Open Close High Low Volume Open Interest See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Chart Objects Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Build Output Pane Trading System Pane The Trading System pane contains an open trading system project RightEdge can do some basic things functions such as collect historical display charts and indicators but a
118. click the New button A wizard prompting for information that this service needs will follow Upon the completion of the wizard steps the service will appear in the list Assigning Services Setting up a service is the first step in realizing the functionality of the service The next 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 122 RightEdge Help step is to assign this service to a group of symbols Watchlist aX ENE AAT ME aka Dow 30 Nasdaq 100 Og AAPL Cg ADBE C12 ae CIE ALTR Og amat 12 amen EICH AMLN EICH amzn Og arcc CIE APoL Welcome to RightEdge RightEdge ships with a couple of default folders already configured The two symbol folders are the Nasdaq 100 and Dow 30 Right click on the top level node or any folder underneath and select Configure Folder KK New Folder Select All L invert Selection Configure Folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 123 Dow 30 Bar Frequency ge Oa Symbols AA AIG AXP BAC CAT DD DIS GE GM HD HON HPQ IBM INTC JNJ JPM KO MCD MMM MO MRK MSFT PFE PG T UTX VZ WMT XOM The Dow 30 folder contains the list of symbols that are contained within this folder Folders can contain any number of symbols the only requirement is that they re all the same frequency i e daily weekly 5 minutes 1 minute etc This is set or inherited in the General tab Items added or removed from Symbols field with be added or removed from t
119. cseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees Run a Backtest Simulation Optimize a SYStOM cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees View Live Chatrts cccssceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees View System Charts cccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Start Live Trading System ccccssseeeeseeeeeeees Manual or Discretionary Trading Import Data o aiina enan EE RENAN Bar Data Cleanup s nsnsnsusennnsnsnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ene Analyze Simulation Results Save Chart SettingS cccccsseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Start Live Deia ccs cccccsedecs cele cesceuecsteectaceeccens Setting a Simulated Broker Setting a Timeout ee Setting a Profit Target c ssceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Setting a Stop LOSS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Collecting Forex Data ccccceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees Data Sources Configuring Data Gources 5 Services Modify Service cceceeseceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeneeeeeees 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Contents 5 Part XIII N OO oO P OD Part XIV O OO d OO oa FWD ch O AN OA P ON O OO OD za Oa P ON O Charts 163 Using RightEdge Chattts cccesssececeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeess 163 Opening Live Charts voce ses cccec cccceectecs cece aiaia ectdencceseewecedereeccusescueecccedueceessseecederentecsete 171 Bar e le EE 172 Candlestick ln iaaa EEEE cuevtctence tebe duettetecdecocueexeruliever coeuu duet
120. d Arms highlights the relationship between volume and price changes Since most breakouts to the up or down side are supposed to be confirmed by volume using the Ease of Movement indicator will help confirm those breakouts A buy signal may be flagged when the indicator crosses the zero line to the up side The sell signal may be given when the indicator line crosses below the zero line See Also Ease of Movement Developer Help Envelope Lower Indicator Envelope bands are a simple way to find a normal trading range The upper and lower bands are typically used in conjunction with one another visualize if the current price is trading at the high or low end of its range A buy signal may be triggered when the price penetrates the lower envelope and a sell or sell short signal may be generated when the upper envelope has been penetrated Envelopes are calculated by plotting a shifted moving average The average is shifted up at specified percent for the upper band and shifted down at the specified percent for the lower band See Also Envelope Lower Developer Help Envelope Upper Envelope Upper Indicator Envelope bands are a simple way to find a normal trading range The upper and lower bands are typically used in conjunction with one another visualize if the current price is trading at the high or low end of its range A buy signal may be triggered when the price penetrates the lower envelope and a sell or sell short signal may be
121. d Commodities Moving averages are known for their lag time and the DEMA attempts to remedy this The calculation consists of a single EMA and a double EMA to smooth out and produce less head fakes According to Mr Mulloy a DEMA smoothed MACD produces fewer but more profitable signals as opposed to the traditional EMA smoothed MACD See Also Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Developer Help Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD Indicator 17 31 Dynamic Momentum Index DMI Indicator The Dynamic Momentum Index DMI indicator was developed by Tushar Chande and Stanley Kroll DMI measures volatility If the underlying asset is volatile DMI increases its own volatility DMI like RSI is considered overbought at readings of 70 or more and oversold at reading of 30 or less DMI is considered a leading indicator since it can be ahead of RSI by a couple of bars when it reaches overbought or oversold levels DMI can be used to confirm trends and trade with them For example a steady and consistent decrease in the price of the asset coupled with higher lows could be a sign to short sell the lower high on the DMI See Also Dynamic Momentum Index DMI Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 268 RightEdge Help 17 32 17 33 17 34 Ease of Movement Indicator The Ease of Movement indicator designed by Richar
122. d from OpenPosition the Order object has an Error property which you can use to determine whether the call was successful and if not why If the call was successful the Error property will be null Otherwise the Error property be set to a string with error information When an order is filled the OrderFilled method in your symbol script class will be called The following sample shows an example of using this method When the initial order to open a position is filled it submits a limit order to double the size of the position if the price drops 5 fromthe entry price of the position public override void OrderFilled Position position Trade trade Z This method is called when an order is filled if trade TradeType TradeType OpenPosition 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge s OrderSettings settings new OrderSettings settings Size position CurSize settings TransactionType TransactionType Buy T settings O OrderType Limit L settings position EntryPrice SymbolPrice DS tings BarsVali i vs Order should not time out settings Description Buy more Order order position SubmitOrder settings if order Error null OutputWarning order Error Visual Basic NET Public Overloads Overrides Sub OrderFilled ByVal position As Position trade As Trade This method is called when an
123. den text Replace All Match whole word Search in selection Mark All Search up Close Use Regular expressions When text is typed into the Find what text area the Find Next button will enable The Find dialog will stay on top of the code editor and highlight any text that is found Use the Close button to dismiss the Find dialog Editor Features Fonts and Colors This fonts and colors in the code editor are customizable The Options screen contains a listing of colors and fonts to choose Syntax Highlighting RightEdge recognizes language elements for C and Visual Basic and highlights those language elements accordingly Use the Options dialog to set the colors of each individual language element Bookmarks You can mark lines in your code files with bookmarks Bookmarks are a way to quickly navigate to previously marked lines of code To set a bookmark select the Bookmarks menu item from the Edit menu followed by the Toggle Bookmark item Bookmarks are shown in the indicator margin as a blue rectangle Outlining Outlining is used to visually organize sections of code To the right of the indicator and just left of the source code a tree line with an expand and collapse control is displayed To collapse a section of code click the minus symbol A collapsed region can be identified by an ellipsis in the editable region Click the plus symbol to expand this region Statement Completion C Only
124. dge may have the ability to use the buying power as given by the broker If using the real broker buying power is not desired uncheck this option to use the starting capital figure specified as the buying power Warn before executing live systems RightEdge can provide live trade executions against real brokers If system code doesn t run as expected or the system was not intended to run against a live broker this can present substantial risk This warning will be displayed before the live system executes against a live broker to prevent inadvertent system starts with live brokers attached Run full simulation before starting live system If selected RightEdge will run a simulation first before going into live mode Depending on your system parameters this may take some time However all simulated positions that were generated will be shown on the live system but no orders for the simulated trades will be placed with a live broker Ignore Data Outside of Exchange Hours It may be desirable to begin running a live system before the official opening of the exchange However before and after market data can tick and will be passed along to the live trading system In cases where this is not desired enable this option and set the exchange hours Any data that is received outside of these hours will be displayed be shown on the live data window and will be collected by the data store but will not be passed along to the live system itself Maximum
125. ding features while a live system is running The discretionary features can be found in the Live Options toolbar Cancel Order Y Live Options e dei a gt 3 WwW Submit Order Close Position These items are available when a live system is currently running and accepting trades Submitting a new order is always available When this button is clicked the Submit Order screen is presented which accepts the parameters to open a new position For more information please see the Submit Order help topic Cancel Order is enabled when an existing order is selected in the Pending Orders grid in the Live System pane The currently selected order will have a cancel request submitted to the broker when clicked Close Position is enabled when an existing position is selected from the Open Positions tab in the Live System pane An order will be sent to the broker to close the currently selected position in its entirety Note These orders are routed directly to broker that is associated with the running trading system All orders will be submitted immediately Use with great caution and care Note These items are also accessible by right clicking within the corresponding tabs in the Live System pane Import Data Use Import Data tool to import data from a text file into a Watchlist folder The Import Data tool examines the text file that you are importing and helps you ensure that the data is imported in the way that you want You can imp
126. downBarstt 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge downBars gt downBarsNeeded OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market im testBars As Integer 5 im downBarsNeeded As Integer 4 f Bars Count lt testBars Then Return End If Dim downBars As Integer 0 For i As Integer 0 To testBars 1 If Close LookBack i lt Open LookBack i Then downBars 1 End if Next If downBars gt downBarsNeeded Then OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market End If This example shows how you can loop through the previous bars and perform some calculation In this case it is counting the number of down bars over the previous 5 bars If there are 4 or more down bars then a position will be opened You can add indicators to your system by dragging them to the System Designer or to the Trading System Pane Once you have done so it is easy to access them from within your system The following code uses an indicator named WidnerLowerBand or Widner Lower Band the spaces are automatically removed in the name you use to access the indicator from your system code OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit WidnerLowerBand Current Visual Basic NET OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit WidnerLowerBand Current This example submits a limit order with a limit price equal to the value of the WidnerLowerBand indicator By default open
127. drawdown encountered during this simulation represented as currency The maximum drawdown encountered during this simulation represented as a percentage The date when the maximum currency drawdown occurred The date when the maximum percentage drawdown occurred 12 RightEdge Help Winning Totals Winning Trades Winning Gross Profit Average Profit Average Profit Average Bars Held Consecutive Winners Losing Totals Losing Trades Losing Gross Loss Average Loss Average Loss Average Bars Held Consecutive Losers System Parameters The number of trades where the profit is greater than 0 Trades that break even are considered losing trades The percentage of trades where the profit is greater than 0 The total amount of profit represented as currency The average amount of profit represented as Currency The average amount of profit represented as a percentage The average number of periods each winning position was open The number of winning trades in a row The number of trades where the profit was less than or equal to 0 Trades that break even are considered losing trades The percentage of trades where the profit is than or equal to 0 The total value lost represented as currency The average amount lost represented as currency The average amount lost represented as a percentage The average number of periods each losing position was open The number of losing t
128. e RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Chart Objects Pane Build Output Pane The build output pane displays the status of a system build RightEdge contains a built in C and Visual Basic NET compiler If a system is programmed in these languages the results of the compilation are displayed in this pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 91 Type Description File Line Error expected c Trading Syste 28 Error Invalid expression term lt c Trading Syste 28 Error expected c Trading Syste 28 Build Output 3 Live Data pg Live System The illustration above shows a system that contains compiler errors These errors must be addressed before a live system or backtest can continue The build output pane will also display compiler warnings that do not have to be addressed before the system is executed Type Contains the message type An error is critical a warning indicates that it s a good idea to address before continuing Description Contains verbose information about the line item File Contains the fully qualified filename where the error resides Line Indicates the line number that the error or warning has been detected Double clicking on the line item will open the source file if it is not already opened The line number displayed will also be scrolled into view Note This pane is
129. e dragged and dropped 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Getting Started 13 onto a chart window The chart objects are broken off into logical groups Click and hold the mouse button the desired chart object and move the mouse cursor to the chart window and release to plot the chart object Chart object properties are displayed in Properties window when a chart object is selected Chart objects can be changed on the fly For more information on the chart objects pane see the Chart Objects Pane help topic Watchlist This contains a grouping of symbols Create a folder by right clicking on the top level folder and selecting New Folder This will create a folder that can be named and configured Right click on the newly created folder and select Configure Folder to set the symbols and data retrieval settings for this folder The General tab contains the frequency of the data and the actual symbols contained within this folder The Services tab contains the associated services set with this folder If a service is configured for real time or historical data select it in this tab Different services can be selected for different folders Create folders to group these symbols into a way that makes sense when running various systems For example you might want to group the Nasdaq 100 into a folder of its own but also there might be a folder for the Biotech or semiconductors which would be a sub set of the Nasdaq 100 Now these symbols can be li
130. e is a type of plugin that may supporting retrieving realtime data retrieving historical data or connecting to a broker Services are associated with symbols in the Watchlist pane You can set up a hierarchical folder structure and have child folders inherit settings from their parents or override those settings Simply put this is how to retrieve and act on data RightEdge provides a simple yet robust means of organizing not only data but the means in which data is acted upon Services are configured at a global level yet they are assigned at a group level and can be optionally inherited down the tree First the services must be configured Select the Configure Services menu item from Tools menu Service Setup ff Services Friendly Name Service Name Hist Live Broker Random Random Data Pa ice Yahoo Yes New Modify 1 Remove Backtesting Broker Paper Broker v RightEdge comes default with a predefined service for Yahoo and it is named Historical The Service Setup list will show the capabilities of a configured server Since some plugins support more than one piece of functionality this is the place to determine the available functionality for each plugin and whether or not it is currently configured to use In this case the Yahoo service has the ability to retrieve historical data It does not have the ability to retrieve live data nor does it provide broker se
131. e of the bar On the contrary a wick at the top most portion of the candlestick represents the high point of the day If the candlestick is open and has no top wick the bar ended on the highest price If the candlestick is closed and has no bottom wick the bar ended on the lowest price See Also Candlestick Chart Patterns Line Charts Bar Charts Line Chart A line chart displays series as a set of points connected by a line Values are represented by the height of the point as measured by the y axis Category labels are displayed on the x axis Line charts are typically used to compare values over time A line chart displays a series as individual straight lines with a data point for each category The height of each data point is determined by the value Line charts can be used to represent price or volume data however they are typically used to plot the values calculated from technical indicators as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charts 175 See Also Bar Charts Candlestick Charts Technical Indicators 13 6 Stacking Charts Often times it is desirable to see two or more charts in the document area This can be accomplished by stacking charts or viewing them side by side To begin a stack operation click the tab area of the document with the left mouse button and begin to drag the tab When the drag operation begins docking arrows will be displayed as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 176 Ri
132. e price penetrates that retracement area All of these objects are still not in the way of the price bars 13 2 Opening Live Charts Live charts are available while live data is being collected It is important to have a grasp on how to configure and collect live data in RightEdge first See the Capturing Live Data topic for more information While real time data is streaming data is stored at the specified frequency so that charts can be created To open a single chart double click a symbol in the Live Data pane To open one or more live charts the Select Live Chart screen is an appropriate choice When displayed a list of current symbols that are streaming will display in the list as shown below Use the Ctrl key to select multiple symbols When the desired symbols are selected click the OK button If the charts for these symbols are not already displayed in the main document area they will be created 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help Select Live Chart Select a symbol orsymbols to display live data for NOTE Use the Ctrl key to select multiple symbols Live charts can also be opened by double clicking on a symbol inthe live data window See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Capturing Live Data Floating Documents and Charts Stacking Charts 13 3 Bar Chart A bar chart displays series as sets of horizontal bars that are grouped by category Values are represented by the length of the
133. e successful While the system is executing a progress dialog is displayed This will allow cancellation of a simulation run Upon completion a new document is created in the document manager This document will contain multiple tabs that break the system results down in various detail 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 16 RightEdge Help The Summary tab contains a quick summary of all trades taken either long or short across all of the symbols selected for this run It takes the starting capital computes all trades taken and determines the ending capital It will display win loss percentages for long short and all trades as well as a simulated buy amp hold The Trade List tab breaks each individual trade down Each trade that could ve been taken assuming the conditions were met and the capital was available are displayed The trade list shows the symbol for which the trade was taken the date of the trade number of shares position type and P L The far right hand columns keeps a cumulative P L figure The Symbol Results tab is a very quick and simple way to view the trades taken by each individual symbol This tab simply aggregates the trade data at the symbol level For example if our system traded MSFT four times throughout the course of the simulation MSFT would be displayed one time with four trades and the corresponding number of winners and losers It will also calculate total profit and profit per active bar The winning perce
134. e will probably allow you to supply your own tick generator which would allow you to determine whether the low or high tick comes first or to randomly generate more ticks in between these values The ticks from the tick generator are sent to the frequency manager for the system This aggregates the ticks into the system frequency and raises the NewTick and NewBar events The paper broker fills orders based on ticks which means you can use higher frequency data on a lower frequency system for a more accurate simulation For example it is possible that both the profit target and stop loss for a position could be triggered within the range of a daily bar If you use higher frequency data say 15 minute bar data then it is more likely that the simulation will reflect which price would have been hit first New Plugin System This edition of RightEdge introduces a new plugin system One of the advantages of the new system is that it is easier for plugin writers to define custom settings for plugins A property grid is used to display the plugin settings and XML serialization is used to save them This means that to add a custom setting to your plugin you simply need to define a public property on your plugin class The property grid and XML serialization are standard features of NET and offer a high degree of flexibility in how the settings are displayed in the property grid or saved to XML The code below shows how a plugin can define a basic cust
135. eated by Dr Bill Williams attempts to measure price movement in relation to volume The MFI and volume figures are compared to establish four conditions Green indicates a rise in volume over the previous period and a rise in MFI as well Fade shows a decrease in volume and MFI compared to the previous bar Fake indicators a drop in volume but a rise in MFI Squat means that there has been an increase in volume but a decrease in MFI On a green day you would want to have an open position in the same direction as the trend Fade may indicate a trendless market but may also be a sign of a market where a trend may be emerging soon Fake is a condition to avoid trading in This may be a condition where no new outside money is being attracted at this time Squat indicates a heavier volume and since MFI does not follow this may be an indication of a trend reversal See Also Market Facilitation Index MFI Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 273 17 47 Mass Index Indicator The Mass Index created by Donald Dorsey attempts to identify price reversals by measuring the range between high and low prices over a given period The well known signal to watch for with this indicator is the reversal bulge This occurs when the Mass Index 25 period rises above 27 and falls back below 26 5 When the reversal bulge is spotted and the EMA points downward open a long position If the EMA points upward open a short
136. ed If you use a custom data storage plugin you will not have a data storage plugin set up in this edition You will need to go to the options dialog and choose your plugin there RList class No longer has AsIList method or InnerList property Count now refers to the number of available items This may be less than the total number of bars if MaxLookBack is not zero The TotalBars property will get the total number of bars RightEdge is now built on version 3 5 of the NET Framework This allows trading system developers to take advantage of language enhancements such as extension methods and Ling e System results plugins no longer have direct access to bar history Some of the built in system results are not calculated they should display as 0 or n a e The SystemData TradeInsideBars property has been removed There is now a CreateTicksFromBars property which is set to true by default and an EnableTradeOnClose which is set to false by default e The BarOpened event has been removed Multiple Frequencies RightEdge now has support for multiple frequencies The Frequency class represents a given frequency for a given symbol It provides a list of bars for the frequency as well as events for NewBar and NewTick for that frequency There are GetFrequency methods on the symbol script and SystemData classes which allow you to retrieve a Frequency object for the desired frequency and symbol RightEdge will only start building bars for
137. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeeseaeeeeesees 291 106 Williams R INGiCAatOr cece cece cece ee ee ee ee ee ee ence ee ee ence ee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee eeee nennu mennun nnmnnn nenna 291 107 Williams Accumulation Distribution Indicator ccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 291 108 21g Ee TEE 292 Part XVIII Risk Evaluators 293 1 Payoff CH Le EE 293 d Profit FACtON AA E E E SEENEN 293 3 RECOVEFY FaCtOMns c2 critesedeeccaseeczed seecacecceegenscausdacccanseatte cascaeceaaseatedansdeeccans gnetanisaseaacsgeteeenss 293 4 Risk Adjusted Return ccccccceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseesenees 294 S Sharpe RatiOceccccs csc cc Zuse e ns ee gege Ee eer 294 Part XIX Glossary of Terms 295 BK 2 295 KR e E 295 B Strike Price csc eh ccc E Eege EENS 295 Ais FOTO EE 295 WR LEE 295 PAR eener 295 ZC Backe Stim aae deci eekewe taeda teat tenseedevesscectceveweaaecutudaulevdeeddveseduaueetewedeysateaateieeeudl 295 8 Buy Sc HON EE 296 Qi e ET 296 10 Dra WOOW Di ccecccdecciscsteccavecivetccvendectsectetecaestecetcectdcuaeverdcchocesecctacs eccnsectecctcsendcetoveretetaceteccuats 296 11 e TC 297 12 mital Ee LR 297 13 Limit el TE 297 14 Long POSH OMe einans naana ARE REAA EATER AAEE Ee 297 IS MME E E E A E 298 16 Maintenance MarQin cccccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneet
138. eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeesesseeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeees 232 Chart Objects Symmetry Litne cececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseneeeees 234 Chart Objects Text EE 236 Chart Objects Triangle ege cece cccteceeedececeaetcedueeeccncten ecedeteeedenecuaeucedtecedendcuaseecectendeneceeeten 238 Chart Objects Up Down Trend Channnel cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeee 239 Chart Objects Uptrend Chantnel cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeenseseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeees 241 Chart Objects Vertical Lime cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseneeeee 243 Plugins amp Services 246 Service amp Plugin OVErViCW cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseaeseseseeeseeessaeeeeeeees 246 Creating an INdiCatol i reas sccscccectes ced eetde ne ccccis een eetic ence ated ved eeude ee cnueideeeeecudeeeedtad seceetuenscnueneeeee 250 Optimization 253 Optimization e UE ET 253 Optimization Output c c3 22 cece cciece secede sett edeccdonsddeccteeciccecnsdtsccteecceccousddecctenstecectudczectestccccspbees 254 Optimization DialOG WEEN 255 Technical Indicators 257 Technical Indicator OVErvieW cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseaeeeeesees 257 Accumulation Distribution cececceeeeeeeeeee cece seen ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeneeese
139. eeeeeees 281 Standard Error India t ria ENEE ENEE NEEN aeae aaaea anaana 282 Standard Error Channel Lower Indicator ee EEE RENE EEN REENEN 282 Standard Error Channel Upper INdiCatol ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeesees 282 Stochastic D Slow Indicator kee eee cece cece ence ee ee eee ence ee ENEE RRE ENEE 283 Stochastic K Fast INGiCator 22 ccececeeeeeceee cece ence ee ee eee ence ee ENEE seca neseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 283 Stochastic Momentum Index Indicator kee KEREN REENEN EEN REENEN 283 Stochastic Oscillator Indicator SEENEN ENEE REENEN REENEN EEN REENEN 284 Stochastic RSI Indiceator ee ENEE ee ee eee cece ee ence ee eee ence eee ae ee see seca seeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenes 284 Subtract Series Indicator ENEE eee eee e eee eee ee ee nese ence nessa nese RRE ENEE 284 Swing Index INiCAtOM ccceececeeeee aN ee eeeeee ee eeeeee ee a AENEAN ERa NANANA DAAN 285 Time Series Forecast INdicator 22 cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee ee REENEN EEN REENEN 285 Tirone Levels Center INGiCator 22 ccceeececeeeeeee ence ee ee eee seen ee REENEN EEN EEN EE 285 Tirone Levels Lower INGICAtON 22 0cccceeeeceeeee ee ence ee ee eee REENEN EEN REENEN 285 Tirone Levels Upper INGICAtTON ccceeeeeceeeeeeeee ence ence seen eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeseaeseeeseaeeeeeeees 286 Triangular Moving Average TMA INdiCator cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 286 TE
140. eeeneeseeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeets 276 Price Oscillator Indica i er r a ae aarre aar de cedede dence ae DEENEN NEES 276 Price Rate of Change INdicatot ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeneeseneess 277 Gisieklodieatgteeeg eege Eege EES Eege Ee 277 Range Indicatif aai ninni EE td cdecne ee decane ite edehe EEEE TN EE E 277 Relative Momentum Index RMI Indicator 22 ccceesceceeeeeee nese eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 278 Relative Strength RSI Indicator ee cece ee REENEN ENEE EEN REENEN 278 Relative Vigor Index RVI INGiCatol 2 2 ceceeeee cece cece ee ee ence ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 278 Relative Volatility Index INGiCAtOM cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeneneets 278 rsquared RN H EE 279 Shift Series IMdica ton E 279 Simple Moving Average SMA INdiCator ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 279 Standard Deviation Indicator SEENEN ENEE REENEN EEN ENEE seca ee ENEE EE 280 Standard Deviation Channel Lower Indicetor SEENEN ENEE RRE 280 Standard Deviation Channel Upper INGiCator ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesees 280 Standard Error Band Lower Indicator 2 ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 281 Standard Error Band Upper INdicatol ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseee
141. een two random variables The Linear Regression line displays the statistically predicted price value To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart This object is the same as the Linear Regression Line object except for the fact that the line is open 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 26 RightEdge Help NDAQ iD 0 40 87 H 42 37 L 39 73 C 40 00 C pyright 2006 Yye Software wew rightedgesystems com Volume 5012 50 Nov27 Dec04 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 14 26 Chart Objects 217 Show Center L
142. eess 267 Dynamic Momentum Index DMI Indicator ccceececeeeeeee nese ee eeeeeeeeee nessa eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 Ease of Movement Indicator SEENEN REENEN EEN EEN ENEE REENEN EEN 268 Envelope Lower Indicator kee ENNEN ENEE seen aeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 Envelope Upper INdicator cccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneess 268 Exponential Moving Average EMA INdicatol secsccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneneneeeeeneees 269 Forecast Oscillator Ndi Cato eege REENEN ENEE EENS EE EUREN 269 Historical Volatility lk ITT 269 Intraday Momentum Index IMI Indicator 2 ccceeeeee ENEE EEN EEN RRE 270 Keltner Band Lower ria a eaen ence EEN EEN EEN ENEE RRE ERKENNEN 270 Keltner Band Upper ccccesceccceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeaeeeseeeneenseeeeeeeseeeaeesseeeseees 270 Kinget e TEE 271 Linear Regression INdiCator cccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeaeeeseeesneess 271 Linear Regression Slope INdicator cceeesseceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeanees 271 Linear Regression Trend Line INdicatol ccceesseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeenenneeeeeeess 271 Ee ANN TE 272 Market Facilitation Index MFI INdiCator 22 cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeneeee nessa eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 272 Mass Inde x lmdica e EE 273 Median Price ING
143. eft mouse button down Drag the column to the desired location and release the mouse button Interpreting System Results Each tab represents the results of the simulation The textual versions of the result breakdowns are in the first four tabs titled Summary Trade List Symbol Results and Scan Click any of the areas to retrieve more information Summary The summary tab contains a list of totals broken down horizontally into all trades long amp short combined long only trades short only trades and buy and hold The vertical breakdown groups information about this simulation into manageable categories Capital Summary Starting Capital Ending Capital Net Profit Net Profit APR Exposure System Totals Number of Trades Maximum Profit Maximum Loss Average Profit The amount of capital set in the simulation to begin with The total amount of capital that is in the account after all trades are placed This will include the starting capital The total amount of profit or loss represented as Currency The total amount of profit or less represented as a percentage against the starting capital The calculated annual percentage return of the profit or loss The average exposure of capital to the market The total number of trades the simulation opened The highest profit achieved for all trades in the group The largest loss encountered over all trades in the group The average prof
144. em Components 81 Trading System 72 Watchlist 69 Plugin Development 246 Creating an Indicator 250 Profit Target 299 Setting 153 R Realtime Data Capturing 148 Configuring Services 121 157 Realtime System Starting 129 Risk Assessment Options 111 Payoff Ratio 293 Profit Factor 293 Recovery Factor 293 Risk Adjusted Return 294 Sharpe Ratio 294 es Samples Creating an Indicator 250 Saved Charts 147 Services 121 157 Configuring 121 157 Modifying 161 Simple Moving Average Crossover 279 Overview 279 Simulated Broker 151 Simulation 124 System Results 53 139 Stop Loss 300 Setting 154 Symbols 300 System Charts 127 System Development Backtesting 124 Build Output 90 Output 89 Simulated Broker 151 System Results 53 139 aT Technical Indicators Indicator List 61 Indicator Overview 257 Indicator Pane 77 Timeout 301 Setting 151 Trading System Development Backtesting 124 Build Output 90 Output 89 Simulated Broker 151 Trading Systems 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Index 307 Trading Systems Profit Target 153 Properties 100 Stop Loss 154 System Components Pane 81 Timeout 151 Trading System Pane 72 Tutorials Creating an Indicator 250 yg Using RightEdge Detaching Charts 99 Environment 31 64 Floating Documents 99 IDE 31 64 Live Charts 171 Overview 31 64 Stacking Charts 175 W Watchlists Pane 69 Setup 118 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC
145. en or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Aux Line The auxiliary line are vertical lines that are drawn at either end of the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 189 start and end points Select True to display these lines Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 7 Chart Objects Ellipse This object is simply an ordinary or basic ellipse that can be placed anywhere on the chart To draw an ellipse select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 190 RightEdge Help Bopi O 69 47 H 69 64 68 54 C 68 64 bh Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Yolume 1156 60 i There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the s
146. erage VIDYA Vertical Horizontal Filter VHF Volume Adjusted Moving Average Volume Oscillator Volume Rate of Change Weighted Close Weighted Moving Average Wilders Smoothing Williams Accumulation Distribution Williams R e ZigZag 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC e RightEdge Help RightEdge Environment Using the RightEdge Environment RightEdge uses cutting edge user interface components so that relevant information is available at all times The RightEdge environment consists of dockable windows floating windows dockable menus and toolbars and a document manager with tear away tabs There are many aspects about the user interface that are customizable First let s get acquainted with the panes that are available en RightEdge Chart AAPL e Srm File Edit View System Tools Window Help UP Fibonacci Cyde Line Fibonacci Line Horizontal Line f Vertical Line 8 14 Linear Regression Line 8 Percent Line l Square Cyde Line ltl Symmetry Line Uw Asyn Channel Linear Rs DN Cross Channel VA Up Trend Channel Y Down Trend Channel EI Up Down Trend Chann d Equal Channel dL Fibonacci Channel Wa Char G4 Co Z In Watchlist Chart Objects Indicators and Component Panes Welcome to RightEdge lt i EEEE Watchlist Pane Copyright 2006 Yye S Eer Naz 100 a WIC AAPL E Solumt 2103 41 i H mig ADBE Ii Build Output Live Data and L
147. erent asset classes For example the bid and ask portions of the tick are more valuable than the last price in the case of forex To accommodate varying needs the columns displayed as well as the column order are configurable and persist between program runs To change the order of the columns simply click and drag a column Release the mouse button when the column is dragged past the boundary of the target column Using the above illustration as an example to put the Last Volume column at the far right click and drag the Last Volume column until it is past the rightmost border of the Change column Columns in the grid can also be added or removed This is accomplished by right clicking anywhere in the grid and selecting the Configure Columns menu option ii 7 Grid Column Configuration Available Columns Visible Columns Add gt gt m Strike Price SS Ted Cancel Contract ad A ss Bid Size Add All gt gt Expiration See Ask in ASK Size lt lt Remove Last Volume ng Last Price lt lt Remove All Open Close High Low as Move Down Column Size Decimal Places 75 0 The list on the left contains the columns that are not displayed currently but may be displayed if desired The list of the right contains the columns that are currently displayed Click the Add gt gt button to move a column from the Available Columns list to the Visible Columns list Click the Add
148. erride void OrderCancelled Position position Order order string information This method is called when an order is cancelled or rejected Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup Perform initialization here End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub NewBar Put your trading code here 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 4 RightEdge Help End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub OrderFilled ByVal position As Position ByVal trade As Trade This method is called when an order is filled End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub OrderCancelled ByVal position As Position ByVal order As Order ByVal information As String This method is called when an order is cancelled or rejected End Sub End Class Accessing Bar Data You can access bar data using the Bars series or you can use series for the Open High Low Close and Volume The Current property returns the current value of a series and the LookBack method returns previous values Below is an example of code that computes the difference between the current bar s open price and the previous bar s close price using both methods of accessing bar data Bars Count gt 2 Compute the change in price from the previous bar s close to this bar s open double diff Bars Current Open Bars LookBack 1 Close double diff2 Open Current Close LookB
149. erties E Build Output Live Data b Live System Welcome to RightEdge Not all indicators are useful on the price pane of course When dragging an indicator onto a chart a default pane is recommended This pane can be named anything If the pane name does not exist a new pane is created Dragging a Relative Strength indicator onto the chart demonstrates this 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charting Overview 1 RightEdge Chart XLE 77 File Edit View System Tools Window Help B eE ES J w Bi liveoOptions P ye Ka Indicators D X Chart XLE Price Or Relative rsquare Copyright 2006 Yye Software v wvi Tightedgesystems com Volume Novi6 20 4 Build Output Live Data p amp Live System Welcome to RightEdge To remove user defined panes right click in the pane and select Close Pane Using Chart Objects Chart objects encompass all items that are related to shapes and not necessarily price information Chart objects are used to help identify or outline patterns such as support and resistance lines or channels Chart objects are useful to both pure technical as well as discretionary traders The Chart Objects pane is located in the upper left pane by default If the Chart Objects pane is not visible select Chart Objects from View menu The Chart Objects panel breaks the objects down into logical types Simply click an object heading to expand the g
150. ervices Setup a WatchList Create New Trading System Open a trading system using the Open Trading System option from the File menu If you do not have a trading system see the Create New Trading System topic You can also download existing trading systems from the RightEdge website Once a trading system is opened select the symbols on the Watchlist pane to run this system against If you have not configured a watchlist see the Setup a Watchlist section before continuing Now that the symbols are selected select Run Live from the Build menu If there are no errors in the system the system will begin running The system also starts live data for the specified symbols See Live Data pane for more information Double click a symbol in the live data pane to open a live chart into the document area The Live System pane will contain information about positions P L etc To stop a live system select the Stop Live option from the Build menu See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Setup a Watchlist Configure Services Capturing Live Data Charting Overview 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 130 RightEdge Help 10 10 Manual or Discretionary Trading 10 11 Most of the time it is desirable to have your system do all of the trading for you In rare cases however it may be necessary to place opening orders close existing positions or cancel existing orders For this purpose RightEdge provides some basic discretionary tra
151. es 258 Accumulation Swing INdeX ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeseeesseeseeeseaeneeesees 258 Add enge ege ENEE ect dine eee EES Seek Te cee ee EES EE ENEE 258 ADX INI Caton euiar rianan En PERLEA EES EES cevecestedeieeddaccceassedes 259 ADXR Indica tol ege ek a ENEE NEESS EEN ee Seege 259 Aroon Down INGICAtOl c ccceeeeeee cece ence ence ee ee seen ee eeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeseeeseseseeesaeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeees 259 Aroon Up Jngdtea ot geed 260 Argon Osila EE 260 Average Price INdiCator cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeeseaeeeeesees 260 Average True Range INdiCatot ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseseseeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeneeesees 261 Balance of Power INdiCator ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeseeens 261 Bollinger Band Lower INdiCator 2 2 cceeeeceeeeeee ence EEN REENEN EEN EEE RENE 261 Bollinger Band Upper INdiCator ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneees 262 Center of Gravity Oscillator INGiCator cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeees 262 Chaikin Money Flow Indicator ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeesseneeeees 262 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
152. es may need to authenticate the requestor and will require a password This field will hold the password given to you by your service provider If this is required this field will be enabled Other Settings Some services may have service specific settings that apply to that particular service If this is the case the Other Settings button will be enabled When 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 162 RightEdge Help this button is clicked the service will display the user interface supplied by the service See Also Configuring Services Simulated Broker Removing Services 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 13 Charts 13 1 Using RightEdge Charts Charts are one of the most important components of any trading system development package After all that s where all of the action is displayed in living color We made it a point to create flexible chart settings and navigation with features that not only make it easier to get from point A to point B but to do it in style A chart can be displayed in any number of ways in RightEdge but the easiest way is to double click a symbol in the Watchlist pane If the Watchlist pane is not visible enable it by selecting Watchlist from the View menu j 3 H 7 RightEdge Chart AAPL lo jem File Edit View System Tools Window Help Ry Ze B en By J P p m Ei Uwe Gogo P Ki e TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL wajsds Bupe amp squauodwo7 Si spatqo wey Wh
153. es of the Code Editor is available in the Windows menu Select the topics below to get relevant information quickly e Code Window Components e Editing Text e Editor Features Code Window Components Code Pane The area where code or text is displayed for editing It provides statement completion for the C language Indicator Margin A gray column on the left side of the Code Editor where indicators such as bookmarks are displayed Selection Margin 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 93 A column between the Indicator Margin and the editing window where you can click to select lines of code Changes to code are tracked here when you select the Mark Modifications option from the Edit menu Horizontal and Vertical Scroll Bars Allows you to scroll the Code Pane horizontally and vertically so that you can view the code that extends beyond the viewable edges of the Code Pane Editing Text The editor provides the customary functionality of a text editor or word processor The procedures to select copy and paste text and code are familiar and consistent The editor also provides automatic statement completion in C syntax checking keyword colorization and other services There are various ways to move through text or code in the Code Editor using the mouse and navigation keys Use the arrow keys to move one character at a time or the arrow keys in combination with the CTRL key to move one word at a
154. esCalculatorBaseWithValues Implements base functionality for an ISeriesCalculator indicator that calculates and stores it s value each time a new bar comes in When deriving from this class call the base constructor with the number of inputs required and implement the CalcNewValue and Reset functions Use this base class when access to previously calculated data is required and may need to be changed or reset Let s implement this indicator using IndicatorBase To keep the emphasis on implementation as opposed to the details of the indicator itself we ll implement the average price indicator Average price is a simple indicator that takes bar data and returns the average of the High Low and Close values The math is simple averagePrice high low close 3 0 Below is the indicator implemented You can paste the contents right into your environment 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Plugins amp Services 251 C using System using System Collections Generic using System Text using System Drawing using RightEdge Common namespace MyIndicator dicatorAttribute System Drawing KnownColor Black dicatorAttribute EIndicatorGroup Trend Na Average Price Indicator Description An average of the bar s high low and closing prices Id BE86C408 99C2 45bf BC21 45D2B8623AD0 HelpText A simple indicator that takes bar data and returns the averag Serializable public class AveragePriceSample IndicatorBase publi
155. ession line The lower plot the lower standard error band is a result of subtracting two standard errors from the end value of the linear regression line Jon Anderson notes the following Tight bands are an indication of a strong trend Prices tend to bounce between the bands when the bands are wide Tight bands followed by a widening of the bands may indicate the exhaustion of a trend and a possible reversal See Also Standard Error Band Upper Developer Help Standard Error Band Lower 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 22 RightEdge Help 17 76 17 77 17 78 Standard Error Indicator Standard Error measures how closely prices congregate around a linear regression line The closer prices are to the linear regression line the higher the r squared value and the stronger the trend Typically the larger the error the less reliable the trend as the price has greater variance around the Linear Regression line prices are volatile Conversely the smaller the error the more reliable the trend See Also Standard Error Developer Help Standard Error Channel Lower Standard Error Channel Upper Linear Regression Trendline Standard Error Channel Lower Indicator The Standard Error Channel indicator consists of two lines These lines are based on the number of standard error calcuations above and below the Linear Regression Trendline Use the channels to determine if the price has moved into extreme territories Like most b
156. ete eenegen Eed Ee EELER EELER EEeER 96 18 Floating DOCUMENES ccccceeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeee ee eeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeee ee RRRREEEE mennun nennu nnmnnn mennan nnmnnn 99 19 Trading System Project PropertieS ccceescececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeens 100 Part IX Options 104 1 RightEdge Program Options cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeneeeeees 104 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC a RightEdge Help 2 O AN OO Om P Part X COGAN OO oO P WD ch wk ek sch O 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Part XI 1 Part XII 1 General OptionsS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Chart Options cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Configure Position Labels Chart Color Options cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Editor Options ccceeeseeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees Research Options ccccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees Risk Assessment ODtions ccceessseeeeeeeeeeeeees Live SYStOMS ccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeens System Results Options ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Managing Frequencies ccseessseeeeeeseeeeeees Adding and Editing Frequencies How Do I Create a Trading SyStemM ssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Debug Trading Systems in Visual Studio Setup A Watchlist ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Configure a SCrviCe c
157. ether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Circle This object is simply an ordinary or basic circle that can be placed anywhere on the chart To draw a circle select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 185 KLE 1D 0 58 62 H 58 62 L 56 50 C 56 63 i Copyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystemg com Volume 3453 83 Sep25 Oct02 Oct09 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Novo6 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or not this circle will be filled If not filled the circle s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the ci
158. f high profit and low risk RightEdge s default 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Plugins amp Services 247 optimization plugin allows you to specify the high and low values and the step size or number of steps for each parameter Watchlist A watchlist plugin can replace the default RightEdge watchlist with its own UI e Services A service is a special type of plugin that typically interface with third party APIs such as data providers and brokers Services are associated with symbols in the Watchlist pane You can set up a hierarchical folder structure and have child folders inherit settings from their parents or override those settings Service plugins implement the IService interface and can provide one or more of the following services o Bar Data Retrieval To retrieve bar data froma proprietary source that is not currently supported by RightEdge implement a bar data retrieval plugin When this interface is implemented the service must let RightEdge know that it is capable of retrieving bar data by returning true from the BarDataAvailable property Tick Data Retrieval To retrieve tick level data from a proprietary source that is not currently supported by RightEdge implement a tick data retrieval plugin When this interface is implemented the service must let RightEdge know that it is capable of retrieving tick data by returning true from the TickDataAvailable property O o Broker Connectivity RightEdge interfaces with
159. f the toolbox is not visible you can show it by selecting Indicators from the view menu To add an indicator to your system drag it onto the System Designer window This window is opened automatically when you open a system and can be reopened from the view menu if you close it The settings for an indicator such as its input values or period are displayed below the indicator You can double click on these values to change them and the indicator name can also be changed by double clicking on it You can also modify an indicator s properties by selecting it and using the properties toolbox In addition the properties toolbox will allow you to set visual settings such as the indicator color and line type To access an indicator from within your trading system code simply refer to it by its name with spaces and other non permitted characters removed For example if you create a Widner Lower Band the default name will be Widner Lower Band and you would refer to it in your code as WidnerLowerBand Assuming you have this indicator added to your system the following code shows how to submit a limit order based on the indicator s value OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit WidnerLowerBand Current Visual Basic NET OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit WidnerLowerBand Current You can copy drag and drop indicators from your system to a quick chart The drag and drop indicators are listed in the tree i
160. fications in simulations Live systems always receive tick notifications when hooked up to a live data source Note If enabled this may increase load time and slow down the overall simulation Synchronize Bars Indicates whether or not bars are kept in sync across symbols For example if symbol XXX trades on 1 3 2009 and symbol YYY does not an empty bar is inserted for symbol YYY so that the historical data lists are kept in sync If this is disabled there would be no bar for YYY on that trade date Allocation Amount of capital put towards newly created positions 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help Allocation Type Percentage Allocates a percentage of the total portfolio for every position opened For example if the system has a starting capital of 100 000 and the percentage is set to 10 the first open position would allocated 1 000 As the account value grows or shrinks the percentage allocated to each position would also grow or shrink Fixed Value Allocates a fixed amount to each position regardless of account size For example if system has a starting capital amount of 100 000 and a fixed size of 50 000 per position the system could only have 2 open positions with an account size of 100 000 If this dips below 50 000 the system will stop taking trades Fixed Size Allocates a fixed unit size per position In the case of stocks a fixed number of shares would be used per position assuming the required cap
161. from Symbols field with be added or removed from the folder and subsequently the user interface Click the Services tab to assign a service to this folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 160 RightEdge Help Symbol Folder Setting Historical Data Service Inhert Yahoo Data Download Start Date d Inherit 3 17 2008 Broker Service Inhent Paper Broker v Realtime Data Realtime Data Service Inherit lt None gt M Save Tick Data Save Aggregated Bars Inherit No Inherit Yes Cancel _ As previously mentioned RightEdge ships with a predefined historical data plugin for Yahoo This service is configured with the name Historical Historical shows up in the list and is currently assigned to the Dow 30 folder For the case of historical data plugins it is possible to set a start date at which historical data is retrieved For example GE contains nearly 50 years of historical data on Yahoo It may not be necessary to retrieve this much data Select the Data Download Start Date to limit this data collection Broker and real time data services will also be assigned here For software developers interested in developing service plugins please visit the Service amp Plugin Overview section See Also Modifying Services 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 12 Services 12 1 Modify Service Once a service is created the parameters of the service
162. g at the far right side represents the current price of the latest 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC bar The color of this tag can be changed with this setting See Also General Options Chart Options Editor Settings Live Systems Risk Assessment Options Research Options System Results Options 9 5 Editor Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Editor options contain a number of settings that pertain to the editor window appearance as well as the look and feel Font Specify the font that the text contained within the editor window will be displayed in Font Size Indicate the size for the font specified above Indent Type The default is smart indent Smart indention sets the editor to perform indention where it is typically desired in source code For example if a branch statement is performed such as an if statement the lines that follow the true branch of this if statement will typically be followed by a in C or a Then in Visual Basic NET The editor will automatically perform this indention Uncheck this setting to perform the indention manually Bracket Highlighting When bracket highlighting is enabled and the editor cursor is over a bracket the corresponding bracket in the editor will be highlighted Show Whitespace When enabled this option will represent the whitespace in the editor with a Virtual Space Tum this setting
163. g only bar data We do this for a few reasons 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 128 RightEdge Help e It is good to have a place where you can always get a clear uncluttered view of the bar data for a symbol e Since RightEdge allows multiple sets of symbol results to be open at one time we d have no easy way to know which set of system results to use to plot indicators and chart object After you create a system and run it against a group of symbols a System Results tab will be created in your workspace WidnerLower System Results WidnerLower System Designer WidnerLower cs From here you can select one of the following tabs Summary F Position List Trade List V Symbol Results f Scan On the Position List tab selecing a position on the top pane will display a list of trades within that position on the lower tab Double clicking on any of the trades will open a system chart and bring you to the position of that trade Summary Trade List Symbol Results Scan Symbol Type Shares Open Date Close Date Avg Buy Ay AAPL Long 699 9 28 1984 12 00 AM 10 19 1984 12 00 4M 0 00 AAPL Long 748 10 12 1984 12 00 AM 10 17 1984 12 00 AM 0 00 AAPL Long 740 11 9 1984 12 00 AM 11 28 1984 12 00 4M 0 00 AAPL Long 802 11 19 1984 12 00 AM 11 23 1984 12 00 AM 0 00 AAPL Long 706 12 12 1984 12 00 4M 12 18 1984 12 00 4M 0 00 AAPL Long 643 1
164. g order is cancelled and a new one is submitted for the new price Likewise if the position size changes RightEdge will cancel the existing profit target and stop loss orders and submit new ones with the updated size In addition to the profit target and stop loss a bar count exit can be used to automatically close a position after a certain number of bars since it was opened The default value can be set in the trading system properties or with the PositionManager BarCountExit property You can also set the BarCountExit property of the PositionSettings or Position class The BarCountExit property of the Position class represents the number of bars remaining it decreases by one each bar and when it reaches zero the position is closed Order Management You can submit your own orders for a position using the Position class s SubmitOrder method This allows you to resize or close a position based on your own logic Unless otherwise specified the order you submit will only be valid for one bar The following line submits an order to close half of a position pos SubmitOrder pos CurSize 2 TransactionType Sell OrderType Market 0 Visual Basic NET pos SubmitOrder pos CurSize 2 TransactionType Sell OrderType Market 0 You can also create an OrderSettings object and pass it to the SubmitOrder method for more control over the order that is submitted The SubmitOrder method returns an Order object Similar to the Position returne
165. ge a trading system must be open In the Project Properties locate the System Parameters property 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 1 RightEdge Help Synchronize Bars False D Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Type Percentage Bar Count Exit 0 Force Round Lots False Max Open 0 Max Open Symbol 0 Profit Target 0 RelativeRatio Stop Loss 0 RelativeRatio Restrict Orders Sent False System Parameters H ShortEMAPeriod 5 H LongEMAPeriod 20 MaxPositionSize 2 Name MaxPositionSize Value 2 Low Value 2 High Value 2 Steps 1 Description Move up Delete Add System Parameter RightEdge supports any number of parameters in this list Each value is treated as a type of double Click the Add button to add a new empty parameter Use the property grid on the right to name this parameter and assign a default value Referencing Parameters Once optimization parameters have been added to the project they may be referenced in code Using the above parameter stochBuyValue we will only perform a buy if the StochkK indicator is below our optimization parameter C if stochKValue lt SystemParameters stochBuyValue Perform buy here Visual Basic If stochKValue lt SystemParameters Item stochBuyValue Then Perform buy here End If 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do 2 127 See Also Optimization Dialog Optimization Output Automating RightEdge 10 7 View Live C
166. ghlighted and represent the regions of text that need to be edited to complete the code snippet While the caret is in a field the Tab key can be used to navigate to the next field Likewise Shift Tab navigates to the previous field The active field is drawn with a line around it Sometimes a field refers to a declaration that is used in multiple places within the code snippet In that case only the first field is designated as editable When its value changes the other fields that are dependent on it automatically update The dependent fields are drawn with a dotted line around them Creating Code Snippets As mentioned RightEdge ships with a number of code snippets that are ready to use In some cases it may be desirable to create your own code snippets The snippets follow the format put forth by Microsoft A code snippet is simple an XML formatted file on the file system that contains a snippet extension These are placed in RightEdge s AppData Snippets folder underneath the corresponding folder C and VB NET The code snippets that ship with RightEdge can be examined and changed with any text editor The full schema definition can be found in the Visual Studio documentation The example below is a quick analysis of the basic nodes within a code snippet file This snippet is the contents of the current close snippet lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt CodeSnippets xmlns http schemas microsoft com VisualStudio 2005
167. ght hand comer when pressed will make the pane a part of the current window When unpinned the pane will disappear to the nearest edge of the main window When the mouse is rolled over the pane title the pane will fly out where it can be pinned again If unpinned and the mouse leaves the pane area the pane will hide itself again Docking Panes Each pane in RightEdge can be hidden or shown at any time In addition this a pane can be docked inside of another pane or to the top bottom left or right of the edge of the main window 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Using the RightEdge Environment 33 en RightEdge Chart EBAY File Edit View System Tools Window Help PRHA 2519 CB e wl recon D MID B TestSystem Dock on Top 4 gt x Trading System e q X 74 H 30 06 L 2 LS TestSystem TestSystem cs T A8 i Hg References i 9 Indicators ie I Dock Right Properties e aX Begin Da 1 1 2003 End Date Lead Bar 0 Starting 100000 E Parameters System F Collection Position Manageme i ey Dock top left right or Allocatio 1 il TS bottom within the Description Allocatio Percentag WICQ ESRX current pane system built successfully Max Ope 0 x TR Fox Dock on Bottom Allocation d Jemen The amount to allocate for each position Welcome to RightEdge Use the left mouse button and click and hold the tab area of the pane When a drag on the tab occur
168. ghtEdge Help _ Chart MSFT Chart AMZN I gt bx MSFT 1D 0 29 60 H 29 60 L 29 32 C 29 55 In this example the MSFT tab was dragged and the mouse cursor was brought to the bottom dock arrow Release the mouse the button on this dock arrow to dock MSFT below AMZN as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charts 177 Chart AMZN AMZN 1D 0 39 90 H 40 44 L 39 87 C 40 33 Copyright 4007 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Volume 467 90 Decii Deci8 Dec26 Janos Jani6 Jan22 Jan29 Feb05 Feb12 MSFT 1D 0 28 82 H 49 40 L 28 8 C 29 40 P o d H 3007 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Volume 1088 55 Decii Dec1i8 Dec26 Jan08 Jani Jan22 Jan29 Feb05 Feb12 4 To snap the chart or document back to the document area simply grab the title bar portion of the floating window and drag it back to the document area Each chart scrolls independently See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Floating Documents and Charts 13 7 Using Chart Objects Chart objects are the groups of shapes text and images that can be placed on a chart both manually and programmatically Each available chart object is displayed in the chart object pane shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 178 RightEdge Help Chart Objects ax All Chart Objects Basic Shapes Lines Channels Asyn Channel Linear Regression Se Cross Channel A Up Trend Channel
169. ghtEdge Help 17 51 17 52 17 53 80 or better is considered overbought and 20 is considered oversold Watch for tops or bottoms to occur within these ranges This may be a sign that the trend is reversing See Also Money Flow Index Developer Help Multiply Series Indicator A utility indicator to multiply two existing indicator series together See Also Multiply Series Developer Help Add Series Subtract Series Divide Series Shift Series Negative Volume Index NVI Indicator The Negative Volume Index by Norman Fosback operates under the premise that smart money is in action on quiet days and will determine the move before the crowd steps in Negative Volume Index crossing above its one year moving average may be the sign of a new bull market The author claims that there is a 95 possibility of a bull market when the NVI is above its one year moving average See Also Negative Volume Index NVI Developer Help Positive Volume Index PVI On Balance Volume Indicator On Balance Volume OBV is an indicator developed by Joe Granville to represent the running total of volume It shows whether or not volume is flowing in or out compared to the closing price Volume is added to the indicator if closing price moves up and subtracted if closing price moves down No adjustment is made if closing price is unchanged A rising OBV may be indicative of an upward breakout where conversely a falling OBV may be indicative of a dow
170. harts This help topic provides guidance on opening charts containing indicators and chart objects are being generated during the collection of live data or while a live system is running To see charts with indicators and chart objects that are being created by a currently running live system you should not open them from the watchlist Opening a chart by double clicking on the symbol from the watchlist will always open a raw chart showing only bar data We do this for a few reasons e It is good to have a place where you can always get a clear uncluttered view of the bar data for a symbol e Since RightEdge allows multiple sets of symbol results to be open at one time and there are we d have no easy way to know which set of system results to use to plot indicators and chart object When you start a live system the Live Data window will be populated with a list of all symbols for which data is being collected Double clicking on any of these symbols will bring a live chart Live Data Bid Size Ask Size Last Volume Last Price See Also Charting Overview 10 8 View System Charts This help topic provides guidance on opening charts containing indicators and chart objects that were generated during a simulation To see charts with indicators and chart objects that were created by a system you should not open them from the watchlist Opening a chart by double clicking on the symbol from the watchlist will always open a raw chart showin
171. he foreground color of the crosshair label Crosshair Text Background If the crosshair label feature is enabled this specifies the background color of the crosshair label Zoom Selection Color Charts can be zoomed by holding the mouse cursor and dragging to select the desired area A selection rectangle or zoom selection is drawn This setting will specify the color of this selection rectangle Multiplier Background Color Typically the volume chart will display a multiplier since the digits contained within the volume will not fit The multiplier tag will show the multiplier of the values displayed This setting will specify the background of the multiplier tag Multiplier Border Color Set the border color around the multiplier tag Grid Line Color If configured vertical and horizontal grid lines will extend from the ticks along the vertical and horizontal axes Use this setting to configure the color used to draw the grid lines Price Label Positive Change The price of the bar where the mouse cursor is hovering is displayed in the upper left corner of the chart Positive and negative price changes are represented in different colors Use this setting to change the color of a positive price change Price Label Negative Change Use this setting to change the color of a negative price change Price Label No Change Use this setting to specify the color of the price label when there is no price change for the bar Last Price Color The ta
172. he user defined import field from the list Select the way the month is formatted in the data file M represents a 1 or 2 digit month value MM represents a month value that is always 2 digits Delimiter Comma and or Tab and or Semicolon are common delimiters If the file is not comma semicolon or tab separated uncheck all of the delimiter checkboxes and type the delimiter into the Other field Characters to Ignore Each character entered into this field will be stripped before being placed into the data store Enter one or more characters here Note Enter each character without a delimiter as each character is treated independently Header Rows Many data files contain one or more rows at the beginning of the file to give information about the row contents It is likely necessary that these lines will need to be skipped for the importer Specify the number of lines to skip at the beginning of the file Formats Tab The formats tab is used to define the date and time elements and how they re comprised 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 135 Date Format Decimal Separator 02 01 08 g Il b Thousands Separator Time Format 14 01 Timestamp at end of bar Advanced V Dates In Descending Order DAX Historie 13 03 2008 csv Click on the column headers to select the corresponding field Close High Lo Volume Letzter Kurs Erster
173. he C language visit The C Language See Also Visual Basic NET New Trading System Trading System Pane Drawdown Drawdown is the amount of capital that you could ve lost at any given point Example If a position is opened for 2 000 the market moves sharply lower and at the end of the day the 2 000 position is now worth 1 000 This has given the systema drawdown of 50 When analyzing the results of a system pay attention to drawdown 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Glossary of Terms 297 If drawdown is 90 but exposure is 1 that is reasonably tolerable If your exposure is 90 and your drawdown is 30 40 that s a sign that the system has the potential to be down a lot of money at any given point See Also Analyzing System Results MFE MAE Exposure 19 11 Exposure Exposure is the amount of your capital exposed to the market For example if you have 10 000 and you open a position for 2 000 you are at 20 exposure If you open another position for 4 000 your exposure is 40 See Also Analyzing System Results MFE MAE Drawdown 19 12 Initial Margin Typically used for futures contracts this is the percentage of the overall contract value that must be paid from the investor s own funds 19 13 Limit Order An order submitted to a broker to buy or sell a security or contract at a specific price There are typically two types of limit orders limit orders that are good for the life of the trading and
174. he folder and subsequently the user interface Click the Services tab to assign a service to this folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 10 5 Symbol Folder Setting Historical Data Service Inherit Yahoo Data Download Start Date d Inherit 3 17 2008 Broker Service Inherit Paper Broker Realtime Data Realtime Data Service Inherit lt None gt Save Tick Data Save Aggregated Bars Inherit No inherit Yes 0K _ caca As previously mentioned RightEdge ships with a predefined historical data plugin for Yahoo This service is configured with the name Historical Historical shows up in the list and is currently assigned to the Dow 30 folder For the case of historical data plugins it is possible to set a start date at which historical data is retrieved For example GE contains nearly 50 years of historical data on Yahoo It may not be necessary to retrieve this much data Select the Data Download Start Date to limit this data collection Broker and real time data services will also be assigned here For software developers interested in developing service plugins please visit the Service amp Plugin Overview section See Also Modifying Services Run a Backtest Simulation This help topic provides a very high level overview of back testing within RightEdge Open a trading system using the Open Trading System opt
175. hed MACD See Also 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 17 92 17 93 17 94 Technical Indicators 287 Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator Developer Help Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD Indicator TRIX Indicator TRIX was developed in the early 1980 s by Jack Hutson an editor for Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities magazine This momentum indicator shows the rate of change of a triple exponentially smoothed moving average See Also TRIX Developer Help True Range Indicator True Range is defined as the largest of the following 1 The distance from today s high to today s low 2 The distance from yesterday s close to today s high 3 The distance from yesterday s close to today s low This indicator is a raw calculation used to calculate average true range ATR See Also True Range Developer Help Average True Range Indicator Ultimate Oscillator Indicator Developed by Larry Williams to address the problems experienced with most oscillators when used over different lengths of time The Ultimate Oscillator uses the weighted sums of three oscillators to represent short intermediate and long term trends When the oscillator falls below 30 this is considered the oversold area and a reading of 70 or higher is considered the overbought area See Also Ultimate Oscillator Developer Help 2
176. her information The References node contains all of the external assemblies that are referenced in this project The Indicators node contains all of the indicators that are associated with the project Indicator items can be dragged from the Indicator Pane and dropped onto the Indicators node When indicators are selected on this node properties for the indicators are displayed in the Properties pane The remaining items in the project are the files used to build the trading system In the case of drag and drop systems or a trading system that has been previously exported there may be nothing of consequence here When source files do exist double click on the file to open the file It will be displayed in the document area Each item in the project tree contains a context menu For example right clicking on a source file gives relevant options such as Copy Delete Rename etc References and Indicators are only given the Remove option which removes them from the project and does not permanently delete them Running the Trading System Once a trading system is created or opened an additional menu is created within RightEdge This top level menu item is titled Build Compile If the project contains source files this will invoke the appropriate compiler to find and report any source code errors The compilation status is reported in the Build Output Pane Run Backtest This will compile the trading system and run a backtest or sim
177. iCatol 2 2 cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeee ence ee seeeeeeeaeseaeeeeeeeseeeneseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 273 Momentumlndicaton 22 a aa a a a ceadenaaescessacacedeccatjctesdesaedccaacscnseceseatccsndcusceedeaioesasadeee 273 Money Flow Index INdiCator 0 cccccceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeenees 273 Multiply Series IMNGiCator cceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseenseeeeeeess 274 Negative Volume Index NVI INGiCatOM 20 cceeee REENEN EEN ENEE seca nessa eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 274 On Balance Volume INdicatol 2 c s ccceeeceeeeeee ence ee eeeeee ee eeee EEN EEN RRE 274 Parabolic SAR Indicatot eesccceeeceneeeceeecenneeceaneece aaa aa a AeA aae aAa aaa reap aan daonidi iiaia 275 Rertormance Indieator eege iuEeESeieeedAgCEEE eege dEEA SEET EES 275 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Ea RightEdge Help 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 Positive Volume Index PVI INGiCator 2 ceeceeeee REENEN ee ee eee EEN EEE REENEN 275 Price and Volume Trend PVT Indiceator SEENEN cece nese ease eee EEN EEN 275 Price Channel Lower INdiCator 22 2 cceeeeeeeeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseee essen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 276 Price Channel Upper INGiCator cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
178. ically predicted price value To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 213 NDAQ iD 0 40 87 H 42 37 L 39 73 C 40 00 C pyright 2006 Yye Software wew rightedgesystems com V lume 5012 50 Nov27 Dec04 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 24 RightEdge Help 14 24 Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper
179. ightEdge is open close RightEdge Open Visual Studio and open the trading system project Right click on your project in Visual Studio and select Properties Click the Debug tab Under Start Action select Start External Program and navigate to the RightEdge executable 6 Open your trading system file in Visual Studio and set your desired breakpoints 7 Hit F5 to begin debugging This should launch RightEdge 8 Open your trading system project in RightEdge and begin either a simulation or live system run LP GO FA 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ns RightEdge Help 10 3 At this point your breakpoints should be triggered If the breakpoints are a solid red dot the library is loaded and active If the breakpoints are a hollow dot the system is not properly setup for debugging One common cause is missing program debug information Make sure that program debug information is begin produced The file extension of the program debug database that Visual Studio uses is pdb This should reside in the same location as your trading system assembly Setup A Watchlist Watchlists indicate what symbol or grouping of symbols are going to be used for backtesting downloading historical data collecting live data or running a system These can be configured at the user s discretion Services have to be configure before you are able to download historical data or collect live data See the Configuring Services section if you have n
180. ightEdge ships with code snippets for performing common tasks These definitions are installed in the Application Data Snippets folder Snippets can be created by adding snippet definitions to the corresponding folders To use a code snippet begin typing the shortcut within the editor window For example to create a class definition start by typing the word class onto an empty line followed by the tab key The code will be autogenerated and allow you to define your class name See the Code Snippets topic for detailed information about using and creating code snippets 8 16 Editor Colors The code editor within RightEdge has configurable colors to aid in the recognition of key parts of the code such as keywords comments numbers strings etc Each language can be configured independently through the Editor Colors dialog shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 96 RightEdge Help Highlighting Style Editor Language C 7 Display items ltem Foreground E Black e Keyword Comment Item Background Documentation Comment String LC White v Number Sample AaBbCcXxYyZz Cancel Select a language from the Language dropdown list The color items will then be displayed in the Display Items list Select an item from the list and use the Item Foreground and Item Background dropdown lists to pick the desired color The Sample window will update when the selection is changed
181. in the Indicator panel Frequencies Frequency plugins aggregate price data in the form of ticks and or bars to create bar series RightEdge includes frequency plugins to generate time based bars tick bars and constant volume bars There is also a frequency plugin that generates daily bars but filters out any data outside of the specified market hours Risk Assessment Risk assessment plugins are implemented by those developers who want to perform portfolio level risk analysis after a simulation is complete RightEdge ships with a number of risk assessment plugins such as Profit Factor and Sharpe Ratio but developers who want to apply their own proprietary calculations can do so by implementing this plugin type All available risk assessment plugins are displayed in the Options dialog Actions Actions as used in the drag and drop interface of RightEdge are implemented as plugins Custom action code can be developed by implementing an action plugin Action plugins are shown in the Components panel Triggers Triggers as used in the drag and drop interface of RightEdge are implemented as plugins Custom trigger code can be developed by implementing a trigger plugin Trigger plugins are shown in the Components panel Optimization Optimization plugins can run multiple simulations of a system with different parameter values to search for an optimal set of parameter values according to some measurement for example the best combination o
182. ine Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Parabolic Spiral A parabolic spiral can be represented by the mathematical equation r2 a2 This spiral discovered by Bonaventura Cavalieri creates a curve commonly known as a parabola To draw a Parabolic spiral select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 28 RightEdge Help XOM 1D 69 54 H 369 77 L 69 77 C 69 43 NI 2006 Yye oftware www rightedgesystemsicom Volume 2339 15 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 DecO4 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Sweep Angle Sets the angle of the end point of this spiral A sweep angle of 360
183. ing indicators onto a chart is accomplished but a simple drag and drop operation All of the indicators available for drag and drop and system developers are located in the Indicators panel This panel is on by default but if it cannot be located select the Indicators menu option from View menu RightEdge Chart XLE O ee scorie File Edit View System Tools Window Help 2BIGMSs amp iP Pew B Live Options D Chart XLE 4d x f ITER aa Simple Moving Average Standard Deviation Channel Lov Standard Deviation Channel Upp Standard Error Standard Error Band Lower Standard Error Band Upper Standard Error Channel Lower Standard Error Channel Upper Time Series Forecast Triangular Moving Average Triple Exponential Moving Avera True Range Indicator Vertical Horizontal Filter Volume Adjusted Moving Averag Weighted Moving Average E saiuadosd d Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com BS Volatility Volume 2755 43 Average True Range Bollinger Lower Band Bollinger Upper Band Center of Gravity Oscillator ae ee Octi1 16 Nov13 4 m F keng P E Components Vi Chart Obje 32 Indicators Build Output jg Live Data K Live System Welcome to RightEdge 26 The indicators are grouped Out of the box RightEdge ships with over 80 indicators in five separate groups For simplicity sake let s plot a sim
184. ing it for your needs with features such as exporting and printing This section is broken up into two main areas The first area describes the functionality presented within the system results and the second area goes into detail about the information that is presented 1 Manipulating System Results 2 Interpreting System Results a Summary b System Parameters c Position List d Trade List e Symbol Results f Scan g Charts Manipulating System Results When a simulation has completed the system results are displayed in the document area of RightEdge The System Results document contains multiple tabs each assessing 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 1 RightEdge Help different aspects of the simulation System Results tabs are external plugins that can be toggled on and off See the System Results screen documentation for more information on loading plugins from third parties and toggling existing system result screens on and off Each tab contains features that are common These features can be accessed using a combination of items on the context menus and items in the main menu The statistics windows which are those windows that contain textual information as opposed to graphical information have ability to export to common formats as well as print When a grid is displayed right click on the grid area z Export to Tab Delimited Ba Export to CSV D Export to HTML Charts gt This context me
185. iod This is chart allows a quick and easy way to visualize which symbols are taking trades and which symbols are not This can help identify and prune dead symbols See Also General Options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicator List a 7 Technical Indicator List RightEdge ships with a robust set of technical indicators out of the box The RightEdge developers assembled the most commonly used indicators so that a system developer can be productive quickly Below is a list of technical indicators that have shipped with the product Click on the indicator name to receive an overview of the indicator Each overview also contains sample code to use the indicator in a trading system Accumulation Distribution Accumulation Swing Index Add Series e ADX e ADXR e Aroon Down e Aroon Oscillator Aroon Up Average Price Average True Range ATR Balance of Power Bollinger Band Lower Bollinger Band Upper Center of Gravity Oscillator Chaikin Money Flow Chaikin Oscillator Chaikin s Volatility Chande Momentum Commodity Channel Index Commodity Selection Index e Constant e Detrended Price Oscillator DPO e DI Minus DI e DI Plus DI e Divide Series e Donchian Channel Lower e Donchian Channel Upper e Double Exponential Moving Average e DX e Dynamic Momentum Index e Ease of Movement e Exponential Moving Average EMA e Envelope Lower e Envelope Upper e Forecast Oscillator e Historical V
186. ion from the File menu If you do not have a trading system see the Create New Trading System topic You can also download existing trading systems from the RightEdge website 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 125 Once a trading system is opened select the symbols on the Watchlist pane to run this system against If you have not configured a watchlist see the Setup a Watchlist section before continuing Now that the symbols are selected select Run Backtest from the System menu If there are no errors in the system the simulation will complete and the system results screen is displayed For details on reviewing and interpreting the system results screen see the Analyzing System Results section For details on running a system with optimization parameters see the Optimization Overview section See Also Charting Backtesting definition Getting Started 10 6 Optimize a System Optimization is used to test a system with certain variables changed across simulation runs Running the system with variable parameters or optimization parameters allows the system developer to determine which values result in the most favorable system performance Any value in the system can be used as an optimization value Technical indicators are usually the first candidates since many accept a number of numeric inputs Other items such as profit targets and stop loss values are also viable candidates To begin using optimization in RightEd
187. ion that is not critical to the system executing but does require notification 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 90 RightEdge Help 8 13 Output Severity Message Symbol Module Time s System starting 2 19 2007 5 13 PM Placing a trade RE 5 13 PM DEE EE Placing a trade 2 19 2007 S 5 13PM Placing a trade MSFT 2 19 2007 5 13 PM fi Placing a trade MSFT 2 19 2007 5 13 PM 9 a e MSFT 2 19 2007 5 13 PM E Build Output 9 Live Data pg Live System GF Output The illustration above shows a system that has items submitted to the output window Severity Contains the severity assigned to the message Informational severity typically indicates that no action is required A warning severity level typically indicates that no action is 4 Warning required at this time but some action may be required to correct the problem encountered in the future An error severity level typically indicates that a problem was Error encountered that could not be corrected or requires immediate correction from the operator Informational Message Contains verbose information about the line item Symbol An optional field that relates the symbol to the message displayed Module An optional field that relates a module trading system to the message displayed Time The actual date and time that the message was placed into the output pane Note Items in this list can be sorted by clicking on the column header See Also Using th
188. ions for a symbol if the close of the current bar is less than 75 of the price of the open Close Current lt Open Current 75 foreach Position pos in OpenPositions pos CloseAtMarket Visual Basic NET If Close Current lt Open Current 0 75 Then For Each pos As Position In OpenPositions pos CloseAtMarket Next End If Position Exit Conditions Profit target and stop loss values can be specified as a percentage gain or loss or as a fixed price target Default percentage values for profit targets and stop losses can be 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge 3 specified in the trading system properties The default values can be modified from your system code by using the PositionManager ProfitTarget and PositionManager StopLoss properties The following code sets the default profit target to 10 and the default stop loss to 5 LonManager ProfitTarget 0 10 LonManager StopLoss 0 05 LonManager ProfitTarget 0 10 tonManager StopLoss 0 05 This would change the defaults for new positions but would not change the profit targets or stop losses for any existing positions You can override the defaults when you call OpenPosition by setting the ProfitTarget ProfitTargetType StopLoss and StopLossType properties of the PositionOrder object The following code uses the close of the current bar plus the current bar s height as the profit
189. is true if prices are plotted on the upper end of the band See Also Widner Oscillator Developer Help Widner Band Lower Widner Band Upper 17 105Wilders Smoothing Indicator Created by Welles Wilder the Wilders Smoothing indicator is similar to the Exponential Moving Average It responds slowly to price changes compared to other moving averages Wilder s Smoothing is used as a part of RSI See Also Wilders Smoothing Developer Help Exponential Moving Average EMA Relative Strength Index RSI 17 106Williams R Indicator This indicator was developed by Larry Williams to identify overbought and oversold conditions Williams R is similar to other oscillators particularly the stochastic oscillator except for the fact that it oscillates in a negative range Readings between 80 and 100 indicate that the item may be oversold and to watch for a potential reversal Readings between 0 and 20 indicate that the item may be overbought and that it might be a good time to watch for a selling point See Also Williams R Developer Help 17 107Williams Accumulation Distribution Indicator This indicator is similar in nature to Accumulation Distribution except for the fact that it s based on true range values instead of simply OHLC Also the traditional Accumulation Distribution factors volume into the calculation where the Williams s version does not Williams recommends paying attention to this indicator in the following situations
190. ish signal A bearish signal occurs when DI falls below DI See Also DI Developer Help ADX Indicator ADXR Indicator DI Indicator 17 26 Directional Movement Indicator This set of indicators called the Directional Movement system include DI DI DX ADX and ADXR These indicators were developed by Welles Wilder in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Consider the DI to measure the percentage of upward movement and DI to measure the percentage of a downtrend When the DI rises above the DI this can be considered a bullish signal A bearish signal occurs when DI falls below DI 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 26 RightEdge Help 17 27 17 28 17 29 See Also Directional Movement Developer Help ADX Indicator ADXR Indicator DI Indicator DI Indicator Divide Series Indicator A utility indicator to divide two existing indicator series See Also Divide Series Developer Help Add Series Subtract Series Multiply Series Shift Series Donchian Channel Lower Indicator The Donchian Channel is a trend following breakout system It is recommended to use the Donchian Channel in trending markets and as a result can perform poorly in sideways markets The signals derived from the Price Channel are based on the following basic rules e When price closes above the Donchian Channel buy long and cover short positions e When price closes below the Donchian Channel sell short and liquidate
191. isible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filed Indicates whether or not this triangle will be filled If not filled the triangle s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the triangle s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the triangle is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 40 Chart Objects Up Down Trend Channel This object is not a free form channel It uses the price data on the chart to determine the direction of the lines The first point is the left point The second point specifies the right point of the channels To draw an up down trend channel select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 20 RightEdge Help MO 1D O 68 27 H 68 57 67 82 C 68 33 Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Yolume 998 93 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transpa
192. isible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Sweep Angle Sets the angle of the end point of this spiral A sweep angle of 360 for example will indicate that the spiral will complete one revolution See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 203 14 16 Chart Objects Image Draws an image file on to the chart To place an image on a chart select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart Once the image object is dragged a filename will need to be specified Tn 0 29 42 H 29 57 L 29 83 C 29 34 a Ww AilbhtEdad i A bobyrigh 2006 Yye oe O wiv rightedgesystems com Volume 532 97 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Image Alpha The alpha blending value for the image Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely blended with the background and 255 indicates no blending with the background Image Filename The fully qualified path of the image file to be displayed on the chart Resizable Set this flag to True to allow a user to resize the image or False to keep it at it s normal size 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 17 Chart Objects Label This object is used
193. ist 61 Part VIII RightEdge Environment 64 1 Using the RightEdge Environmennt cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneenseeens 64 2 Automating RightEdge ccsecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseaeseeeseaneeeessaneeeesees 67 3 Watchlist Pane r EES NEE deer 69 4 Trading System Pane c cc cccccccssecceccsseneetetcanceccscieeectscedendeccdeeedeteedeetencdseeuatecdrnsecteneecetceneetens 72 Trading System Prope rtie 0 0 cc ceessesescessesnesseseessesseeseesoeseesaessessesseuessneseesnesnesaesaesaesaneaessnesnuseusaesansaeeaneas 75 5 gt Indicators Panairin ines teccedettcadecetcoveccccatadacctcanceceteaedseclcanceccuabaddectdnacecenbaddecctusneccees 77 6 Bar Data Editor enee eege Ee eege ENEE deeg 80 7 System Components Pane cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeesees 81 8 Chart Objects Pame cccecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseeeseeeseaeeeeseaeseeeseeeeeeesees 82 9 Live Data EE 84 10 ives System Pane iz eege ee EEN geed cet caeecacpiadeccccansececnidesccecatvsccctiddecctsandececs 86 11 Properties anenee Eege dee Ee Ee ERENNERT 88 12 Output TE 89 13 Build Output Rang sora aea annaka Eed 90 14 Windows Dialogic geseet deele SEENEN EE cecal ENEE ENEE ENEE 91 15 Using the Editon eege 92 16 Editor Colors gies Zeg gesiess ege eege eege dees ed EE 95 17 Code Santpp
194. it froma currency standpoint over all trades in the group 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Average Profit Average Bars Held Maximum Exposure Max Exposure Max Exposure Date Max Exposure Date Max Drawdown Max Drawdown Max Drawdown Date Max Drawdown Date Winning Totals Winning Trades Winning Gross Profit Average Profit Average Profit Average Bars Held Consecutive Winners Losing Totals Losing Trades Losing Gross Loss Average Loss 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Analyzing System Results 55 The average profit from a percentage standpoint over all trades in the group The average number of periods that a position was held over all trades in the group The maximum value exposed to the market represented as currency The maximum value exposed to the market represented as a percentage The date when the maximum currency exposure occurred The date when the maximum percentage exposure occurred The maximum drawdown encountered during this simulation represented as currency The maximum drawdown encountered during this simulation represented as a percentage The date when the maximum currency drawdown occurred The date when the maximum percentage drawdown occurred The number of trades where the profit is greater than 0 Trades that break even are considered losing trades The percentage of trades where the profit is greater than 0 The total amou
195. it is very important to note that backtesting results are no indication of future performance 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help 19 8 19 9 19 10 See Also Trading System Overview New Trading System Trading System Pane Buy amp Hold Buy and hold is an investment strategy where an underlying asset is purchased and held with strong speculation that the underlying asset will perform exceptionally well over the long term regardless of short term volatility This is a popular strategy given the fact that the U S stock market namely the S amp P 500 index has returned around 11 13 over the last 50 years excluding dividends Buying and holding also minimizes trading costs such as commissions and taxation Long Short Selling C Pronounced See Sharp is an object oriented programming language created by Microsoft and first introduced as part of their NET initiative C is a widely supported language which has syntax and structure that is very similar to Java and C C is a modern general purpose language that is very well suited for developing very complex systems all the way down to small functions RightEdge currently supports the 2 0 version of the C language as distributed in the Microsoft NET Framework v2 0 As a result RightEdge has support for advanced language features introduced in v2 0 such as generics anonymous methods and partial classes For more information about the 2 0 version of t
196. ital is available In futures and options a fixed number of contracts Allocation Amount of capital put towards newly created positions Bar Count Exit Specifies the number of bars after which a position should be closed if it hasn t already been closed by another order By default this is 0 which means that a position will never be closed after a particular number of bars have elapsed Force Round Lots This property will tell the system to only submit orders using round lots i e a Share count rounded to the nearest 100 Max Open amp Max Open Per Symbol The number of total number of open positions and or the number of open positions per symbol For example if the Max Open value was set to 3 and the Max Open Per Symbol was set to 1 and we had the following situation 2 open positions 1 for symbol YY and another for symbol XX If a buy signal occurred for YY the trade would be declined because we already have our maximum number of open positions per symbol If on the other hand a signal was generated for symbol ZZ the trade would be accepted However we have now hit our maximum limit for Maximum Open so all further trades would be declined until any of the open positions were closed Profit Target An automatic global profit target value assigned to newly created positions This can be overridden in code but by default this profit target value will be applied to positions Valid values are Relative Ratio This setting will
197. ith other series you can use the Current property to retrieve the current value of an indicator and the LookBack method to retrieve previous values The ChartSettings property of an indicator allows you to control how the indicator will be drawn on the chart It includes settings for the series color display name and line type and size You can set ChartSettings ShowInChart to false if you do not want the indicator added to the charts Indicator Chaining You can use one indicator as the input for another The following example calculates the average true range by using a simple moving average on the true range RightEdge does have an Average True Range indicator built in but it uses an exponential moving average instead of a simple moving average public class MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase public TrueRange trueRange new TrueRange public SMA ATR new SMA 25 public override void Startup 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge ATR SetInputs trueRange trueRange ChartSettings ShowInChart false ATR ChartSettings ChartPaneName TrueRange Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Public trueRange As New TrueRange Public ATR As New SMA 25 Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup ATR SetInputs trueRange trueRange ChartSettings ShowInChart False ATR ChartSettings ChartPaneName TrueRange
198. ive fi gei ADSK System Panes ICH agoe Fg Akam EQ am e Novi3 Nov20 Nov27 EG amat AY AMGN Build Output EN Live Data pg Live System 5 S CH Za J P ep m EI Liveoptions D K P Chart Objects aX TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL Zi System i System Drawin Zi System Xml Zi Common i Indicators i Triggers Actions ER Ae Bollinger Lowel H Tect amp uetem re D Im Properties v H X E Indicator Settings Deviation 1 5 Indicator Bollinger Input Close Periods 14 SeriesNar Bollinger Lo E Visual Settings ChartNar Price Pane LineColor J Crimson LineSize 1 LineType Solid ShowInct True Dowhtrend Line Document Area SeriesName A unique name used to identify the indicator Dec04 Dec Deci8 31 The illustration above shows all of the panes available in RightEdge The most important area of the application is the Document Area The document area houses a variety of documents that can be called up in RightEdge In the above example a chart current exists in the document area Other items that are considered documents are source code files the Project form used in drag and drop system building and the System Results document Hiding Pinning and Unhiding Unpinning Panes Each pane in RightEdge can be hidden or shown at any time 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment e r a D Les fe A RightEdge Chart EBAY _
199. ize of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or not this ellipse will be filled If not filled the ellipse s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the ellipse s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the ellipse is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 191 See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 8 Chart Objects Equal Channel This object is a free form channel that does not take any chart data into consideration The first point is the anchor point The second point controls the horizontal orientation of the channels The final point specifies the vertical span of the channels To draw an equal channel select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart MO 1D O 68 80 H 69 77 68 53 C 69 61 Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Yolume 628 64 i There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 192 RightEdge Help 1
200. ize of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 11 Chart Objects Fibonacci Circle Draws eleven lines in a circle formation from the anchor point Point 1 is the anchor point Point 2 dictates the inner most circle Subsequent circles are plotted at significant Fibonacci values To draw an arrow line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC me RightEdge Help MCD 1D 42 06 H 42 25 L 44 75 C 42 45 opyri ht 2006 Yye oftware www rightedgesystems com Volume 479 84 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indi
201. lable e RightEdge Chart AAPL i File Edit View System Tools Window Help 29 WE p oe g 3 S D B iy E E EPAD z Live Options gt pe pa Chart Objects a X TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL ali Fibonacci Cyde Line p Fibonacci Line i i i Horizontal Line 4 Chart Objects Indicators Zi System S i System Drawin vertical Line and Component Panes e i Zi System Xml i i Common n Linear Regression Line 4 Indicators g ES Percent Line S Triggers l Square Cyde Line Ai Actions DI Symmetry Line KI Indicators Bollinger Lowe H TectQvetem re H mw D VI Asyn Channel Linear Ri Ka Cross Channel wv Up Trend Channel A Down Trend Channel A Up Down Trend Chann Properties aX E Indicator Settings di Equal Channel Gees EN PERE dE i i i i icator Bollinger Lower k a roon BS ane We Char GB Co In i Downtrend Line ma ES Watchlist x xlii i j i i i SeriesNar Bollinger Lo EEIETE Watchlist Pane i Document Area E Visual Settings lay Naz 100 ee os er i i f 8 ChartNar Price Pane CN az 100 a 1 MG AAPL Volume 2103 41 i PE LineColor B Crimson WQ aoe le Build Output Live Data and Live i i LineSize 1 System Panes A f i LineType Solid EK ADSK R DO as ShowInct True E AKAM i T ALTR Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dech Dech Deci8 SeriesName 4 A uniq
202. lected symbols For example to run a simulation on the Nasdaq 100 click the checkbox next to the Nasdaq 100 folder This will check all symbol items underneath the folder Individual symbols can be toggled as well When starting a live system the selected symbols are loaded into the live data pane and the live system will load these symbols into memory for processing To add symbols to the newly created folder right click on the folder and select Configure Folder Symbol Folder Setting Cc Dow 30 Bar Frequency Inherit Daily X Other Frequency Symbols AA AIG AXP BA C CAT DD DIS GE GM HD HON HPQ IBM INTC JNJ JPM KO MCD MMM MO MRK MSFT PFE PG T UTX VZ WMT XOM Symbols are added and removed from the Symbols box Please see the Symbol Folder Settings topic for detailed information When OK is clicked the symbol items will be added underneath the folder in the watchlist Right clicking on a symbol displays a different set of options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment FETT cH Lo Bonds cl Le Dow Daily Test el dee ETFs z He g L Te IW Symbol Information Ok Lg symbol Notes ATR oO d mg ep Research Symbol PIECH TH f Quick Chart EA XU ole Forex Quick Chart With Chart Settings le 1B 1M D itor e EIS Bro P Data Edt Lo 1B Fut Bar Data Editor Specify Range Cle Enn na Data Editor a la IB Live
203. line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Multi Arc Draws one or more arcs on an existing chart window To draw an arc select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart Move the arm of the arc to the lower 50 of the arc to draw the arc down Move the arm of the arc above the higher 50 of the arc to draw the arc up NDAQ iD 0 34 30 H 34 30 L 32 82 C 32 90 C pyright 2006 Yye Software ww rightedgesystems com Velume 2499 70 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 215 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Frequencies Set up to five separate arcs To display one arc set all values to the same number See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 25 Chart Objects Linear Regression Line A classic statistical problem is to try to determine the relationship betw
204. linger Lower Band EI Bollinger Upper Band EI Center of Gravity Osc EI Chaikin s Oscillator EI Chaikin s Volatility EI Forecast Oscillator EI Historical Volatility D Kelner ower Rand m H Sg hy Chart vse EJ Indi Watchlist 8 EES ey CH cm s Welcome to RightEdge Tools Window Help EI Envelope Upper Band 9 2 Pe 1D e Live Options gt Chart ERTS ERTS 1D 0 57 90 H 58 71 L 57 34 C 57 92 jiii 1 h Copyright 2006 Ye Software bevive rightedgesystems com 20060ct Nov Chart GOOG Chart DELL DELL 1D 0 24 67 H 24 96 L 24 40 C 24 56 d Na py Copy bt L ck Yye Software vevews Might ystems com RightEdge Environment Chart GE GE 1D O 34 78 H 35 00 L 34 69 C 34 77 Bollinger Lower Band Copyright 2006 Yye Software ivive rightedgesystems com System F Collection E Position Manageme Allocatio 1 Allocatio Percentag 20060ct Nov Allocation D Build Output E Live Data p Live System The amount to allocate for each position 50 The sample above shows two charts that are stacked horizontally along with another chart that is floating outside of the main RightEdge window Floating documents are particularly useful in a both a chart or source file situation especially in a multiple
205. liott Wave Theory Price channels are used to detect breakouts out of support or resistance lines The upper channel is drawn at the highest high of last N periods The lower channel is drawn at the lowest low of the last N periods If the upper channel is penetrated this may be a sign of new buyers and further appreciation of the asset A penetration of the lower channel may be a sign of new selling and lower prices to come See Also Price Channel Upper Developer Help Price Channel Lower Price Oscillator Indicator This indicator displays the difference between two moving averages of the security s price The first input is called the short term moving average and the second moving average is called long term When the short term moving average rises above the long term moving average this may be a sign to buy When the short term moving average crosses below the long term moving average this may be an indicator to sell any holding or open a short position See Also 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 277 Price Oscillator Developer Help 17 61 Price Rate of Change Indicator Like the Momentum Indicator the Price Rate of Change ROC indicator measures the amount of change in price over the specified time period This indicator displays the difference as a percentage As the price increases the rate of change will rise as the price falls the rate of change will fall See Also Price Rate of Change De
206. ll be saved Browse Click this button to browse for the desired project folder As each of the project items are changed in this dialog the text at the bottom is updated to reflect the fully qualified directory of this project See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Live System Pane 10 2 Debug Trading Systems in Visual Studio RightEdge provides access to industry standard languages While the RightEdge IDE can be used to perform basic trading system development you may also use industry standard tools such as Microsoft Visual Studio to create build and debug trading systems for use with RightEdge RightEdge strategies are compiled to standard NET assemblies DLLs There are a number of ways to begin debugging using Visual Studio If the trading system is already running you can load up Visual Studio and use the Attach To Process option This option is located under the Debug menu A project must already be loaded Note If you re using the Express editions of Visual Studio the Attach To Process option is not available You may also create a project from the RightEdge IDE To do this load your trading system in RightEdge Under the System menu select Visual Studio Create VS Project The name of your system with the appropriate Visual Studio project extension will be placed in your trading system s folder You can open this project using Visual Studio To begin debugging follow these steps If R
207. lled Ignored if the Filled is set to False See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Percent Line This object plots a percent line or percent level retracement These levels are created by drawing a trend line between two extreme points and then dividing the vertical distance by round percentage values of 25 50 75 and 100 To draw a Percent Line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 221 WHT 1D O 49 04 H 49 54 L 48 92 C 49 35 51 64 0 00 54 83 00 Copyright 2006 Yye Soff www rightedgesystems com Velume 260873 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Frequencies Manually set the five retracement levels Line Text Specifies how the text drawn at each retracement line is formatted
208. long positions The Donchian Channel indicator is not meant to catch tops or bottoms only trends Trend traders may want to extend the standard 4 week period to 8 weeks in order to wait for significant trend signals while others may shorten the period to a more sensitive 1 or 2 weeks for liquidation purposes See Also Donchian Channel Lower Developer Help Donchian Channel Upper Donchian Channel Upper Indicator The Donchian Channel is a trend following breakout system It is recommended to use the Donchian Channel in trending markets and as a result can perform poorly in sideways 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 267 markets The signals derived from the Price Channel are based on the following basic rules e When price closes above the Donchian Channel buy long and cover short positions e When price closes below the Donchian Channel sell short and liquidate long positions The Donchian Channel indicator is not meant to catch tops or bottoms only trends Trend traders may want to extend the standard 4 week period to 8 weeks in order to wait for significant trend signals while others may shorten the period to a more sensitive 1 or 2 weeks for liquidation purposes See Also Donchian Channel Upper Developer Help Donchian Channel Lower 17 30 Double Exponential Moving Average Indicator DEMA was developed by Patrick Mulloy and published in the January 1994 of Technical Analysis of Stocks an
209. longer separate SymbolBars and SystemBars Use the Synchronize Bars property of the trading system to control whether the bar lists should be synchronized 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 22 RightEdge Help 3 Charting Overview Charts are one of the most important components of any trading system development package After all that s where all of the action is displayed in living color We made it a point to create flexible chart settings and navigation with features that not only make it easier to get from point A to point B but to do it in style A chart can be displayed in any number of ways in RightEdge but the easiest way is to double click a symbol in the Watchlist pane If the Watchlist pane is not visible enable it by selecting Watchlist from the View menu o SNE en RightEdge Chart AAPL ell File Edit View System Tools Window Help 2B iy By J P m Bi Uwe Gogo P Ki of TestSystem System Designer TestSystem cs Chart AAPL 6 Q z 2 g w S S g D S P SIOEODUT fz Volume 2972 61 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decl1 Dec18 4 m E Build Output DI Live Data pg gt Live System Welcome to RightEdge 50 First some points about data display control RightEdge charts provide the standard way of zooming in and out using the toolbar buttons L and to show more bars or less bars However in addition to this RightEdge will also allow a finer control by dragging the
210. losing price See Also Weighted Close Developer Help Average Price Indicator 17 101Weighted Moving Average WMA Indicator A weighted moving average assigns greater weight to the most recent data The weighting is calculated from the sum of periods For example take a 10 period moving average For an SMA the weighting of the current bar would be 10 1 10 Foran EMA the weight of the current bar would be about 18 18 2 10 1 For a weighted moving average the weight of the current bar would be about 18 2 10 10 11 2 See Also 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 20 RightEdge Help Weighted Moving Average WMA Indicator Developer Help Simple Moving Average SMA Indicator Triangular Moving Average WMA Indicator Exponential Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator 17 102Widner Band Lower Indicator These projection bands were developed by Mel Widner Ph D They were originally introduced in the July 1995 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities magazine This band set is used as most others i e Bollinger bands whereby the plotted prices give a clue as to whether the current price is relatively low or high Prices plotted at the lower end of the band or prices that penetrate the lower band may indicate overly pessimistic prices and a correction or reversion to mean may be in order The inverse is t
211. ls With RightEdge it is easy to run your system for multiple symbols Simply select multiple symbols in the watchlist and run your system When you run a system with more than one symbol a copy of your SymbolScript class is created for each of the symbols This means that your code can be written for one symbol and it will work with multiple symbols without any extra work However if you do want to write logic that involves multiple symbols you can The Symbol property of the symbol script class is the symbol corresponding to that instance or copy of the class The OtherSymbols property allows you to access the symbol script objects corresponding to other symbols The following example does not trade for QQQQ but for all other symbols it opens a position if QQQQ had an up bar Symbol Name QQQ00 Don t do any trading for this symbol return BarData QQQQBar OtherSymbols QQ00 Bars Current if QQQQBar Close gt QQQQBar Open OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market Visual Basic NET If Symbol Name QQQQ Then Don t do any trading for this symbol Return 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge End If Dim QQQQBar As BarData OtherSymbols 0000 Bars Current If QQQQBar Close gt QQQQBar Open Then OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market End If You can use either an instance of the Symbol class or the symbol name as a string i
212. lts tabs are external plugins that can be toggled on and off See the System Results screen documentation for more information on loading plugins from third parties and toggling existing system result screens on and off Each tab contains features that are common These features can be accessed using a combination of items on the context menus and items in the main menu The statistics windows which are those windows that contain textual information as opposed to graphical information have ability to export to common formats as well as print When a grid is displayed right click on the grid area z Export to Tab Delimited Ba Export to CSV D Export to HTML Charts gt This context menu will allow for exporting Supported formats are tab delimited CSV common separated and HTML This menu also facilitates displaying system results charts that are not displayed by default For more information on configuring system results default charts see System Results Options Each of the grids can also be printed Select the desired tab and select Print from the File menu The grids columns for the Trade List Symbols Results and Scan tabs can also be manipulated and sorted To sort click any of the column headings Click once to sort 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help ascending and click the same column again to sort descending To move a grid column into another position click the column heading and hold the l
213. lues into scaled values A sample profit distribution chart is shown below Display Percentage P Si 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 Use the Display dropdown to toggle between representing the chart in profit and loss 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 146 RightEdge Help percentages and currency e System Breakdown The system breakdown chart is a bit unique in that it is a hybrid of text and graphics It also has some interactivity features where you can select the aggregation level of weekly monthly or yearly The results are calculated in real time and the chart and results areas are updated An example of the system breakdown chart is below Period E D Results Name Value Average Return 0 49 Average Return 48 7963 Standard Deviation 0 0053 Best Return 1 98 Worst Return 1 31 Total Periods 45 Total Profitable Periods 38 Profitable Periods 84 44 Consecutive Profitable 19 Consecutive Unprofita 3 D C cb cb O FE FEF FE EF FE FF SF LPM MK MMM KM Period Return Return Max DD Exposure Trades LA 1 2 2003 12 00 AM s0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 J 2 3 2003 12 00 AM so 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 3 3 2003 12 00 AM 103 9881 1 04 7 63 31 98 45 4 1 2003 12 00 AM 75 37 0 75 2 89 7 73 17 5 1 2003 12 00 AM 59 8759 0 60 2 74 14 32 18 6 2 2003 12 00 AM 76 0989 0 76 2 24 60 12 16 2131 2003 17 NN AM IRN NIIR 1RN 2AN 5A OF RS a e
214. lugin How to do this will depend on the plugin type you have implemented Services can be configured in the Service Setup dialog Data storage watchlist and optimization plugins are configured in the RightEdge options Details on the APIs used to implement plugins can be found in the RightEdge developer documentation The interface for each plugin type to implement is listed below Service plugins must also implement the Service interface Data Storage Plugin IDataStore Indicator Plugin IIndicator or ISeriesCalculator more details Frequency Plugin FrequencyPlugin Risk Assessment Plugin IRiskAssessment IRiskAssessmentPlugin Action Plugin TAction Trigger Plugin ITrigger Bar Data Retrieval Service IBarDataRetrieval Tick Data Retrieval Service TTickRetrieval Broker Service IBroker Symbol Source Service ISymbolSource Optimization Plugin OptimizationPlugin Watchlist Plugin IWatchListPlugin See Also Creating an Indicator Plugin 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 25 RightEdge Help 15 2 Creating an Indicator This topic is intended by software developers that would like to include their own indicators in the RightEdge Indicator Pane Implementing plugins requires some programming knowledge It also requires a programming environment capable of compiling code into NET library assemblies Note Microsoft provides a free version of their development environment that can be used to create RightEdge plugins Visit http msd
215. may supporting retrieving realtime data retrieving historical data or connecting to a broker Services are associated with symbols in the Watchlist pane You can set up a hierarchical folder structure and have child folders inherit settings from their parents or override those settings Simply put this is how to retrieve and act on data RightEdge provides a simple yet robust means of organizing not only data but the means in which data is acted upon Services are configured at a global level yet they are assigned at a group level and can be optionally inherited down the tree First the services must be configured Select the Configure Services menu item from Tools menu Service Setup K 2 Services Friendly Name Service Name Hist Live Broker Random Random Data Pi cer Yahoo New Modify Remove Backtesting Broker Paper Broker X RightEdge comes default with a predefined service for Yahoo and it is named Historical The Service Setup list will show the capabilities of a configured server Since some plugins support more than one piece of functionality this is the place to determine the available functionality for each plugin and whether or not it is currently configured to use In this case the Yahoo service has the ability to retrieve historical data It does not have the ability to retrieve live data nor does it provide broker services To add a new service
216. med that you have already configured a live data service and a Watchlist If not please follow the links below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do 1 1 Configuring Services Setup a WatchList Select the symbols on the Watchlist pane to begin collecting data for If you have not configured a watchlist see the Setup a Watchlist section before continuing Now that the symbols are selected select Start Data Feed button from Live Options toolbar If there are no errors starting the collection live data will be shown in the Live Data pane Once live data is started it can be stopped by the stop button on the live options toolbar or by stopping a currently running system Note Open a live chart based on the collected data by double clicking any symbol in the live data list If you encounter any errors starting live data collection refer to the Configuring Services section of the help to ensure that a live data provider is properly configured See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Setup a Watchlist Start Live System Charting Overview 10 15 See a Chart Now This topic serves as a quick guide to viewing a historical chart in RightEdge in less than a minute RightEdge ships with data services and a Watchlist preconfigured Locate the Dow 30 folder within the Watchlist Place a check next to the Dow 30 folder This will select all of the symbols beneath this folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 150 RightEdge
217. monitor environment Note Pane layout is persisted between instances of RightEdge Documents are not persisted between See Also instances Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Chart Objects Pane Build Output Pane 8 2 Automating RightEdge RightEdge can perform high level tasks by specifying certain parameters on the command line The following tasks can be performed on startup e Open a RightEdge Project file rep e Update historical data for a particular Watchlist folder e Start a live system 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC e RightEdge Help e Start collecting live data e Run a simulation The command line options to perform these tasks are listed below You can always run RightEdge from the command line with a parameter to see a summary of the commands as well as a description Usage RightEdge exe W Watchlist Folder Name P Project File L S U E O Optimization Inputs File Specifies the Watchlist Folder This is a required parameter Project File Specifies the rep to load when running a live system or simulation Executes a live system using the specified project This may not be used with S Will perform a historical data update on the Watchlist folder name specified Executes a simulation on the specified watchlist folder using the specified project Start live data collection Note This is st
218. mount of memory They don t currently support a MaxLookBack setting so they will keep all the data for all the bars of your system If you need to reduce memory consumption you may have to re implement the calculations outside of a RightEdge indicator Each trade that your system makes also consumes some memory If your system trades at a very high frequency then this could lead to high memory usage Bar Tick Generation The frequency of your system is no longer tied to the frequency of the input data The main system frequency is specified in the trading system options This controls the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help frequency for many things such as when your NewBar methods will be called the default frequency for your indicators the frequency that system statistics will be saved etc Right now you are limited to a set of predefined frequencies or Tick for the system frequency If set to Tick then the frequency of the symbols you have selected in the watchlist when you run the system will be used for the system frequency Otherwise the input data will be aggregated to the specified frequency and passed to your system The input data bars for your system are sent to a tick generator If the CreateTicksFromBars property in the SystemData class is set to true the tick generator breaks the bars down into ticks Currently the tick generator just generates 4 ticks for each bar for the open low high and close W
219. mouse over bars to be displayed This is done simply by starting at the left side of the chart clicking the left mouse button and dragging to desired bar on the right Once the mouse button is released the new selection is zoomed in 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charting Overview 23 P a RightEdge Chart ALL File Edit View Tools Window Help RAE RE EA ieee Hedi KR H Chart Objects gt A chart aaPL Chart ALL SE All Chart Objects Lan 0 61 13 H 6127 L 60 56 C 61 15 U Rectangle I i i U Rounded Rectangle D Rectangle Price 1 J Rectangle Band Cirde Triangle Oh Fibonacci Circle Q Elipse S Arc PF Parallelogram AA Sine Wave 7 Wa Chart ER comp Z Indi KS WI Copyright 2006 Yye Software vivew rightedgesystems com Volume 1978 20 waysds Bupe amp U Novo7 ES Watchlist F Properties IE Build Output Live Data Ki Live System Welcome to RightEdge For navigation RightEdge also provides the familiar controls but in addition to using the scrollbar RightEdge makes use of the mouse wheel Move the mouse wheel down to go back in time and up to move forward in time Finally the chart package in RightEdge provides a combination of scrolling and navigating within the X and Y axis Both axes are broken up until thirds If you place the mouse cursor on left third of the X axis date time axi
220. ms LLC Chart Objects 183 14 3 Chart Objects Asynchronous Linear Regression Channel A classic statistical problem is to try to determine the relationship between two random variables The Linear Regression line displays the statistically predicted price value To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart ABX 1D 0 28 08 H 28 14 L 27 47 C 27 78 Copyright 2006 Yye Software wviw rightedgesystems com Volume 3543 00 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 14 4 of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Center Line Indicates wh
221. n You can find sample code for RightEdge plugins by selecting RightEdge samples from the RightEdge help menu The RightEdgePlugins folder contains source code for many of the plugins that are part of RightEdge itself The C and VB NET folders contain various other plugin samples To modify a plugin build it and use it in RightEdge follow these steps 1 Create a copy of the folder with the solution sIn file in it This is so that when you install a new build of RightEdge it won t overwrite the changes you made and so you will still have the original source code available to refer to 2 From the copied folder you created open the solution file in Visual Studio 3 Make changes to the plugin code 4 Build the plugin and copy the output DLL to the Plugins folder under the RightEdge installation directory If the plugin you copied was one of the ones included in RightEdge by default this will copy over the default version If you want to create a new plugin instead of modifying an existing one do the following 1 Change the assembly name of the project This will change the filename of the DLL that is produced so you can have both the original version and your customized version in the RightEdge plugins directory To change the assembly name right click on the project node in the solution explorer and go to the project properties 2 Change the identity of the plugin This is what RightEdge uses to uniquely identify each plugi
222. n and if you have multiple plugins with the same identity at least one of them 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Plugins amp Services 249 won t be loaded For service plugins change the value returned from the id method For indicators triggers and actions change the value of the Id property of the RightEdgeObjectAttribute on the plugin class For other plugin types simply change the name of the plugin class 3 Change the display name or service name and other applicable metadata This will let you distinguish your plugin from the default version of the plugin when selecting which plugin to use in RightEdge For IService plugins change the return value for the ServiceName method For indicators triggers and actions change the value of the Name property of the RightEdgeObjectAttribute on the plugin class For other plugins change the value in the DisplayNameAttribute before the plugin class 4 If there are other plugins in the same project that you don t want to modify remove those source files from the project For example the DataStorage project has the binary data store plugin SQL Server plugin and a Jet data storage plugin If you just want to customize the binary data store you should remove the other two plugins from the project so you don t have duplicate versions of them showing up in RightEdge 5 Build the project and copy the plugin DLL to the RightEdge plugins directory 6 Configure RightEdge to use the new p
223. n additional limit order submitted if the restrict setting is set to true any subsequent orders will be rejected until the limit order is cleared If it is set to false open orders are ignored in the count and only truly open positions are counted System Optimization Parameters System parameters can be set inline Click the Add System Parameter link to add a new system parameter The parameter is created inline where it can be named and the default high and low values can be assigned Steps indicates the increment value For example with a low value of 1 a high value of 10 and a step parameter of 1 this would indicate that by itself this optimization parameter would create 10 iterations See the Optimization Overview topic for a complete overview See Also Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge Managing Frequencies Optimization Overview Optimization Parameters xk X Indicators Pane The indicator pane shown below contains all of the technical indicators that are available in RightEdge 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help B S Momentum H S Other H S Trend B S Volatility Average True Range Bollinger Lower Band Bollinger Upper Band Center of Gravity Oscillator Chaikin s Volatility Envelope Upper Band EI Forecast Oscillator Historical Volatility Keltner Lower Band Keltner Upper Band Range Indicator Relative Volatility Index Standard Deviation Stochastic Oscillator Stochas
224. n microsoft com vstudio express for more information 1 Launch your version of Visual Studio 2 Select New Project from the File Menu 3 Select Class Library from either the C or Visual Basic project types Name the class library MyIndicator Change the location to the desired folder 4 Add a reference to RightEdge Common 5 Right click on the References node in the Solution Explorer and select Add Reference Click the Browse tab and navigate to the RightEdge program directory C Program Files Yye Software RightEdge is the default location Find the Common dll assembly and double click each one of them to add them 6 Begin indicator implementation There are three base classes that implement Indicator which aid in implementing an indicator We ll briefly discuss the benefits of each of these base classes IndicatorBase IndicatorBase is the simplest of all interfaces This is implemented by an indicator that does not need to look back at previous or support indicator chaining SeriesCalculatorBaseSimple If an indicator is doing a simple calculation on its inputs you may simply want to calculate the value from the inputs every time the value is requested instead of storing the entire series of values If this is the case you can derive from this class and implement your calculation in the Item indexer This is the recommended base class when backward lookups on previously calculated indicator values are not required Seri
225. n the indexer for the OtherSymbols property If the symbol wasn t included in the system run an exception will be thrown In this case if you ran the system without having QQQQ checked in the watch list you would get an exception that would say No symbol found with requested name QQQQ You can also use series from other symbols as inputs The following example uses a DivideSeries indicator For MSFT this indicator is MSFT s close divided by GOOG s close while for GOOG the indicator is GOOG s close divided by MSFT s close publicclass MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase public DivideSeries Ratio new DivideSeries public override void Startup if Symbol Name MSFT Ratio SetInputs Close OtherSymbols GOOG Close elseif Symbol Name GOOG Ratio SetInputs Close OtherSymbols MSFT Close Ratio ChartSettings ChartPaneName Ratio Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Public Ratio As New DivideSeries Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup If Symbol Name MSFT Then Ratio SetInputs Close OtherSymbols GOOG C ElseIf Symbol Name GOOG Then Ratio SetInputs Close OtherSymbols MSFT C 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 52 RightEdge Help End It Ratio ChartSettings ChartPaneName Ratio End Sub End Class Note that you will get an error if you include any symbols besides GOOG
226. n the Trading System toolbox You can drag them onto a chart or drag the Indicators node of the tree to add all of the trading system indicators to a chart If you have added some indicators to a chart and would like to copy them to your system you can right click on the chart and select Add Indicators to System You can also create your indicators entirely in code if you prefer Create fields of your trading script class for each indicator and initialize the indicators in the Startup method The following example is a band violation system using a 14 period 3 standard deviation Bollinger Band of the close price public class MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase BollingerBandLower bbLower public override void Startup bbLower new BollingerBandLower 14 3 bbLower SetInputs Close bbLower ChartSettings Color Color Brown 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help public override void NewBar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit bbLower Current Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Private bbLower As BollingerBandLower Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup bbLower New BollingerBandLower 14 3 bbLower SetInputs Close bbLower ChartSettings Color Color Brown End Sub Public Overloads Overrides Sub NewBar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Limit bbLower Current End Sub End Class As w
227. ne crosses over the slow line above a reading of 80 See Also Stochastic D Slow Developer Help Stochastic K Fast Stochastic Oscillator Stochastic RSI 17 80 Stochastic K Fast Indicator The raw stochastic calculation is referred to as K It is raw because it is calculated directly from the price and not smoothed The raw value is very volatile so it is typically smoothed through a moving average This smoothed value is called D A long signal occurs when the fast line crosses under the slow line below a reading of 20 A sell or short sell signal occurs when the fast line crosses over the slow line above a reading of 80 See Also Stochastic K Fast Developer Help Stochastic D Slow Stochastic Oscillator Stochastic RSI 17 81 Stochastic Momentum Index Indicator The Stochastic Momentum Index SMI indicator created by William Blau is very similar to the Stochastic Oscillator indicator This indicator calculates where the close is relative to the midpoint of the recent high low range If the close is greater than the midpoint the indicator is above zero and vice versa See Also Stochastic Momentum Index SMI Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 17 82 17 83 17 84 Stochastic Oscillator Indicator The Stochastic Oscillator Technical Indicator compares where a security s price closed relative to its price range over a given time period The raw value is referred to as
228. new bar filled order or new tick occurs a corresponding method in the trading system is called This design allows the same code to be used for backtesting and live trading In addition it does not provide access to price or other data from the future while backtesting preventing systems from accidentally using this data to make trading decisions and providing unrealistic results RightEdge trading systems can operate on multiple symbols When you create a trading system two classes will be created for you The MySystem class is for your system level logic and only one copy of this class will be created when the system is run The MySymbolScript class is for your symbol level logic and there will be a copy of this class 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge 39 created for each symbol in your system symbols Most of your code will probably go in your symbol script class and if you don t need to store any custom system level data you may not add any code to the system class at all Below is what what the empty symbol script class created when you create a system will look like publicclass MySymbolScript MySymbolScript public override void Startup Perform initialization here public override void NewBar Put your trading code here public override void OrderFilled Position position Trade trade This method is called when an order is filled public ov
229. ng systems or to set up the objects such as indicators and triggers that your Visual Basic or C code will use See the New Trading System and Trading System Pane help topics for information about creating opening and managing a trading system Brief Introduction This section gives a quick introduction to writing systems in RightEdge through various examples Later sections will go into more detail on specific topics The samples are shown in both C and Visual Basic NET publicclass MySymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase public override void NewBar if Close Current lt Open Current Open a position on a down bar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market Visual Basic NET Public Class MySymbolScript Inherits MySymbolScriptBase Public Overloads Overrides Sub NewBar If Close Current lt Open Current Then Open a position on a down bar OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market Bnd IE End Sub End Class The NewBar method inside your symbol script class runs after each bar If the close of the bar is less than the open this system submits a market order to open a long position You can specify the size of the position here but if you don t it will be determined by the allocation settings in the system properties In the examples that follow we will usually just show the code that goes inside the NewBar method without the class and method definitions which don t change
230. nged in the Properties Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 229 Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 34 Chart Objects Square Cycle Line Draws a set of lines that push further apart through the passage of time The algorithm used to calculate this distance is the bar index squared index The beginning bar is considered index 1 To draw a square cycle line select the object fromthe Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 230 RightEdge Help WNI 1D O 64 87 H 64 93 L 64 42 C 64 48 Cbpyright 2 Sof vare sauvi righte ystems co iVolume 790 20 2006Sep There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Wid
231. ngs above 3 0 might be over optimized See Also Sharpe Ratio Payoff Ratio Recovery Factor Risk Adjusted Return Risk Assessment Options 18 3 Recovery Factor This value helps gauge how a system recovers from drawdowns The recovery factor is calculated by taking the system s absolute value of net profit and dividing it by the maximum drawdown This value should exceed the value of the Buy amp Hold Recovery Factor See Also Sharpe Ratio Payoff Ratio Profit Factor Risk Adjusted Return Risk Assessment Options 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 18 4 18 5 Risk Adjusted Return This value measures the amount of risk taken on in relation to the amount returned Also known as the return per risk unit The calculation takes the system s annual percentage return APR and divides it by the average exposure percentage See Also Sharpe Ratio Payoff Ratio Profit Factor Recovery Factor Risk Assessment Options Sharpe Ratio The Sharpe Ratio developed by William F Sharpe is used to measure risk reward efficiency within a portfolio or trading strategy The calculation uses the standard deviation of returns to determine how risky a portfolio is The higher the Sharpe Ratio value the better the risk for return the portfolio is A Sharpe ratio value around or greater than 2 is considered excellent It is generally advised that anything below 1 should not be considered See Also Payoff Ratio
232. ning trades divided by the number of losing trades The average number of periods each AvgiBars Held position was open Winning Scan The scan tab is useful for determining the next action that the simulation would take For example if the system trades daily bars the scan would show the next day s actions to be taken such as opening a new position or closing an existing position Theoretically a daily weekly or monthly time frame trader can use the results from the scan and generate orders manually Scan Columns Date The date that the action should occur The type of order to be submitted to the Order Type broker This could be any number of the order types supported by RightEdge Symbol The tradable symbol name 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I If this is a limit order the price of the limit order will be specified here The number of trades with a profit greater than 0 The number of trades with a profit less than or equal to 0 The number of winning trades divided by the number of losing trades Order Price Winners Losers Winning Charts While the grid based system results are opened after every simulation the chart tabs can have any number of charts pull up There are a number of potential chart tabs and the default chart tabs are configurable under the Options dialog RightEdge ships with five charts e Profit Distribution The Profit Distribution chart breaks down the profit and loss va
233. ns gt E hart Objects S Chart AAPL Chart ALL U Rounded Rectangle RB Rectangle Price T Rectangle Band Cirde Triangle Ch Fibonacci Cirde Q Elipse Sy Arc EI Parallelogram AA Sine Wave a Arrow Line Line By Chart Comp E Indi gl B fill Filled True FillColor E LimeGree i l EI 100 Copyright 2006 Yye iww rightedgesysterns com Volume 2700 30 RoundWidth 20 Fill Transparency Specifies the level of transparency for this fill 0 completely trans Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 H E Build Output D Live Data pg Live System Welcome to RightEdge The Fibonacci line draws lines at the well known Fibonacci retracement values Stretch the rounded rectangle to highlight these important retracements It now becomes clear when the price penetrates that retracement area All of these objects are still not in the way of the price bars 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Using the RightEdge Environment 4 Using the RightEdge Environment RightEdge uses cutting edge user interface components so that relevant information is available at all times The RightEdge environment consists of dockable windows floating windows dockable menus and toolbars and a document manager with tear away tabs There are many aspects about the user interface that are customizable First let s get acquainted with the panes that are avai
234. nt of profit represented as currency The average amount of profit represented as currency The average amount of profit represented as a percentage The average number of periods each winning position was open The number of winning trades in a row The number of trades where the profit was less than or equal to 0 Trades that break even are considered losing trades The percentage of trades where the profit is than or equal to 0 The total value lost represented as currency The average amount lost represented as ER RightEdge Help Currency The average amount lost represented as a percentage The average number of periods each losing position was open Consecutive Losers The number of losing trades in a row Average Loss Average Bars Held System Parameters This tab contains information about this particular system run Run Date The date and time the system was run The amount of time taken to complete the system execution This contains a list of all optimization System Parameters parameters contained within the system and the value of those parameters for this run Run Length Position List The position list contains each trade aggregated into its respective position Positions are nothing more than a grouping of trades This screen shows the trades grouped by position This position list is split into two pieces The top portion of the screen contains the list of positions established thr
235. ntExit 30 Close position automatically er 30 bars 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC e RightEdge Help OpenPosition settings Visual Basic NET Dim settings As New PositionSettings settings PositionType PositionType Long settings OrderType OrderType Market se ngs Size 100 se ngs BarsValid 5 Open position order is valid for 5 bars se ngs ProfitTarget 0 1 10 profit target settings ProfitTargetType TargetPriceType Percentag ttings BarCountExit 30 Close position tomatically after 30 bars OpenPosition settings By default open position orders are automatically cancelled after one bar if they have not been filled This means that for a band violation style system for example you can simply call OpenPosition on each bar with the current limit price without having to cancel the previous order You can modify this behavior with the BarsValid property of the PositionSettings The above code submits an order that is valid for 5 bars You can set this property to 1 if you do not want the order to be automatically cancelled at all Accessing Open Pending and Closed Positions You can access the list of open positions the pending positions and the closed positions for the current symbol with the OpenPositions PendingPositions and ClosedPositions properties of the symbol script class The following code shows how you could close all open posit
236. ntage provides a quick way to determine which symbol or symbols do particularly well and which do not This may be helpful on days when multiple signals are generated While past performance does not guarantee future results it may provide some bias towards symbols that have done particularly well in the past For more information on the system results see the System Results help topic See Also Getting Started With Charts Analyzing System Results 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC What s New In This Edition 2 What s New In This Edition This topic will introduce the new features in this edition of RightEdge Breaking Changes And Other Important Information License files are NO LONGER COMPATIBLE between this edition and previous editions of RightEdge You will need to obtain a new license file for this edition If you have a subscription in force are a lease subscriber or have purchased RightEdge in the last 90 days your customer area will contain an updated license file Others will need to purchase an upgrade Project files from this edition of RightEdge cannot be opened in previous versions of RightEdge When you open a project file from an older version of RightEdge a copy of that project file will be saved with the previous version number added to the filename so that you can still open it up in the older version of RightEdge For example if the project filename is MySystem rep a copy named MySystem 2008 1 0 0 rep will be sav
237. nu will allow for exporting Supported formats are tab delimited CSV common separated and HTML This menu also facilitates displaying system results charts that are not displayed by default For more information on configuring system results default charts see System Results Options Each of the grids can also be printed Select the desired tab and select Print fromthe File menu The grids columns for the Trade List Symbols Results and Scan tabs can also be manipulated and sorted To sort click any of the column headings Click once to sort ascending and click the same column again to sort descending To move a grid column into another position click the column heading and hold the left mouse button down Drag the column to the desired location and release the mouse button Interpreting System Results Each tab represents the results of the simulation The textual versions of the result breakdowns are in the first four tabs titled Summary Trade List Symbol Results and Scan Click any of the areas to retrieve more information Summary The summary tab contains a list of totals broken down horizontally into all trades long amp short combined long only trades short only trades and buy and hold The vertical breakdown groups information about this simulation into manageable categories Capital Summary 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Starting Capital Ending Capital Net Profit Net Profit APR Exposure Sy
238. nversely true for a rising price and a falling reading for the oscillator See Also Chaikin Oscillator Developer Help Accumulation Distribution Indicator 17 18 Chaikin Volatility Indicator Chaikin s volatility indicator compares the gap between high and low prices If the values are high then prices are changing greatly during the periods If the values are low prices are staying steady High levels indicate market tops while low levels indicate the end of a market bottom See Also Chaikin Volatility Developer Help 17 19 Chande Momentum Indicator The Chande Momentum Oscillator developed by Tushar Chande was developed to capture pure momentum The CMO is similar to the Relative Strength Index indicator in that it measures both up and down price changes The CMO values are confined to the 100 and 100 range This indicator is mainly used to determine extreme overbought or oversold conditions Tushar Chande identifies that any reading above 50 is overbought and any reading below 50 as oversold See Also Chande Momentum Developer Help Relative Strength Index 17 20 Commodity Channel Index CCI Indicator Developed by Donald Lambert the Commodity Channel Index CCI was designed to identify cyclical turns in commodities The indicator measures the position of price in relation to its moving average The indicator may change direction when the trend is about to change Critical points are at 100 and 100 Conventional usage
239. nvestment However it is possible for any asset to more than double therefore making it possible for a short seller to lose more than 100 of the initial investment The second problem is that since an asset is borrowed from the broker the broker typically charges interest on the borrowed asset Not only will the position have to move in the right direction but it will have to move faster than the interest rate charged by the broker to be profitable Stock A certificate that represents ownership in a corporation Stop Loss Stop loss orders are orders that are placed after a position is opened This is typically set as a percentage of the opening price For example if 100 shares of stock XYZ was purchased at 50 if a stop loss of 10 is set in the trading system an order is sent to close the position when the price of XYZ reaches 45 To set a stop loss within a trading system review the Setting a Stop Loss topic See Also Analyzing System Results Setting a Stop Loss Symbols A symbol is a representation of a complete and fully identifiable trading item A complete symbol for a stock is simply its ticker symbol A complete symbol for a futures contract consists of a root symbol i e ES and an expiration date While an option symbol would consist of a root symbol strike price contract type put or call and expiration date Symbols are grouped into Watchlists These groupings can be used to collect live data 2015 Righ
240. nward breakout On Balance Volume is best used as a confirmation indicator that is used in conjunction with other indicators See Also On Balance Volume Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 275 17 54 Parabolic SAR Indicator Developed by Welles Wilder the Parabolic SAR Stop And Reversal is used to set trailing price stops When the price rises above the SAR you should close short positions You should close long positions when the price falls below the SAR You should also note that the current value of the SAR is today s stop level not tomorrow s See Also Parabolic SAR Developer Help 17 55 Performance Indicator This indicator displays price movements as percentages If the value of the indicator on bar X is 5 this means that the value of the asset has increased 5 since the first bar in the series Conversely a value of 5 would indicate a 5 drop in the asset price since the first bar in the series This percentage is useful for displaying differences in two or more assets over a period of time This is a visual indicator that is not typically used to base trading decisions on See Also Performance Developer Help 17 56 Positive Volume Index PVI Indicator The Positive Volume Index by Norman Fosback operates under the premise that smart money is in action on quiet days and will determine the move before the crowd steps in Positive Volume Index crossing above its one year moving aver
241. oftware ww rightedgesystems com i Velume There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 212 RightEdge Help 14 23 Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Linear Regression Line A classic statistical problem is to try to determine the relationship between two random variables The Linear Regression line displays the statist
242. olatility e Intraday Momentum Index IMI e Keltner Lower e Keltner Upper e Klinger Oscillator e Linear Regression Indicator 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC e RightEdge Help Linear Regression Slope Linear Regression Trendline MACD Market Facilitation Index Mass Index e Median Price Momentum Money Flow Index Multiply Series Negative Volume Index On Balance Volume Parabolic SAR e Performance Positive Volume Index Price and Volume Trend Price Channel Lower Price Channel Upper Price Oscillator Price Rate of Change Projection Bands Lower Widner e Projection Bands Upper Widner Projection Oscillator Widner Qstick R Squared Range Indicator Relative Momentum Index Relative Strength Index RSI Relative Vigor Index Relative Volatility Index e Shift Series Simple Moving Average SMA Standard Deviation Standard Deviation Lower Standard Deviation Upper Standard Error Standard Error Band Lower Standard Error Band Upper Standard Error Channel Lower Standard Error Channel Upper Stochastic Momentum Index Stochastics Fast Stochastics Slow Stochastics RSI StochRSI Subtract Series e Swing Index Time Series Forecast e Tirone Level Lower Tirone Level Upper 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicator List e Triangular Moving Average Triple Exponential Moving Average e TRIX True Range Ultimate Oscillator Variable Moving Av
243. olors will be used for that position label Text Color Specifies the color of the text for the position label Background Color Specifies the background color of the position label Font Specifies the font used in the text of the position label Show Detailed Label Indicates whether or not the position label will show P L details in the label or simply denote a buy or a sell See Also Chart Options Chart Colors 9 4 Chart Color Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Chart Color options contain a number of settings that pertain to the price chart appearance in RightEdge The Chart Components list contains the items in the chart that can have their color configured Select an item in this list and select the desired color in the Color selection box The mini chart below that is a preview of what the color selection change will look like if applied Below is a list of chart components that can be configured and an explanation of the area of the chart that is affected Chart Text Color The default color of the text that appears on the chart This can be overridden on an individual basis such as by an indicator color Candle Up Color The color of the candle body or OHLC line when the closing price is higher than the opening price It is standard to make this a light color Candle Up Border The color of the border line around the candle body when the clo
244. om property Display Name Time based Bar Frequency Serializable public sealed class TimeFrequency FrequencyPlugin Description Indicates the timespan or period for each bar Display Name Bar Length public TimeSpan BarLength get set public TimeFrequency BarLength TimeSpan FromMinutes 1 FrequencyPlugin methods go here For more advanced functionality pertaining to property grid customization or XML serialization please refer to the NET documentation or other NET resources Currently only data storage plugins and custom frequency plugins use the new plugin 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC What s New In This Edition 21 system The new interface for data storage plugins to use is IDataStore Existing plugins which use the old IBarDataStorage interface will continue to work Custom Frequency Plugins RightEdge uses frequency plugins to handle bar generation It includes plugins for time based tick based and volume based bars Additional plugins can be created to create other bar types To create a frequency plugin derive a class from the abstract FrequencyPlugin class This class should use public properties to define the settings for the frequency The actual logic for generating bars should go in a class which implements IFrequencyGenerator and created and returned by the CreateFrequencyGenerator method of the FrequencyPlugin To use a custom frequency in a system create an in
245. open You can check if there was an error by checking the Position s Error property If this property is null then the order to open the position was submitted successfully If there was an error then the Error property will be a string with error information The code below shows how you can open a position check if there was an error and if so add a warning to the output window Position pos OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market if pos Error null OutputWarning pos Visual Basic NET Dim pos As Position OpenPosition PositionType Long OrderType Market If pos Error IsNot Nothing Then OutputWarning pos Error End If Note that even if there is no error the position is not yet open The order to open the position has been submitted to the broker but it will be filled at a later time or perhaps not filled at all A position where the open order has been submitted but not yet filled is called a pending position For control over more settings when opening a Position you can create a PositionSettings object set its properties and pass it to the OpenPosition method PositionSettings settings new PositionSettings settings PositionType PositionType Long tings OrderType OrderType Market ngs Size 100 ngs BarsValid 5 Open position order is valid bars tings ProfitTarget 10 i 10 profit target tings ProfitTargetType TargetPriceType Percentage ttings BarCou
246. opened during a live systemrun Upon exiting a system these positions will be saved for recall when the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 112 RightEdge Help system is run again The options below will tell RightEdge how to handle these positions when a live system is restarted and open positions were recorded Prompt user to select which positions are still open A screen is displayed with a list of the open positions Select the positions to move as open in the current system run Ignore open positions This will bypass the screen and assume no positions are to be carried forward Automatically accept saved open positions This option bypasses the prompt screen and assumes all positions are to be carried forward into the new system instance Use this with caution Auto Reconnect on Error Enable this option to have both the real time data and broker plugins reconnect if an error occurs A notification will be sent to the output pane upon disconnection and a successful reconnection Note The plugins will reconnect indiscriminately Enable this with caution Ignore system generated warnings RightEdge will provide warnings when certain certain conditions look suspect These warnings are placed in the Output pane Sometimes these warnings are acceptable and may be ignored With this option enabled RightEdge will not generate live system warnings Use Broker Buying Power Depending on the capabilities of the broker and or broker plugin RightE
247. or a quick change to the number of bars displayed per page Now that a chart is displayed use the Indicators window to begin dragging and dropping indicators onto the chart window Each indicator has a different interface depending on the input parameters required Once the OK button is clicked the parameters are set and the indicator values are plotted on the chart To remove plotted indicators from the chart move the mouse cursor over any indicator value on the chart and right click A context menu is displayed and the option named Remove Indicator is enabled when the mouse is over an indicator Select this item to remove the indicator values from the chart A Word About Chart Persistence Building a chart to personal taste with the proper indicators and parameters provided to those indicators is a bit of a tedious task Typically a technical analyst likes a few indicators on the chart to start For this RightEdge offers a way to persist or save charts as they are on the screen Understandably it is not important to store the data but rather the indicators and their parameters 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Getting Started 15 Once a chart is built to taste right click on the chart and select the Save Chart Settings item Give the chart setting a name and click OK From this point the chart settings will be available for retrieval on the master symbol list Reapply the saved setting to any symbol by right clicking on a symbol in
248. or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Text Color Changes the color of the text Label Text The literal text for this text object Label Font Font used to draw the text for this text object See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 23 RightEdge Help Chart Objects List 14 39 Chart Objects Triangle This object plots a simple triangle The start and end points for this triangle object are free form and not restricted in any way This object requires three points so it will be necessary to click three times once for each point to properly plot this object To draw a triangle select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 3NI 1D D 67 96 H 69 03 L 67 94 C 8 71 8 Yye tware Www rightedgesystems tom Volume 894 14 Oct09 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nq There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 239 number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is inv
249. or the split date and the split factor For example if IBM was scheduled to split 3 for 2 on January ist 2007 the split becomes effective that date All data before the split date will have to be adjusted Export Bar Data This provides a way to export the data displayed in the grid The data is exported into a tab delimited file using the filename specified The data is exported in the following order Date Open Close High Low Volume Bid Ask Open Interest The data is always sorted by date regardless of the current sort in the bar data editor grid Using the Grid Control The data above is displayed within a grid control The grid control displays data in a series of rows and columns The grid control contains two areas a selection area and the display area The selection shows which rows are currently selected and allows the selection to be changed There are two ways to change the selection The first way is by selecting a row and holding down the Shift key and using the up and down arrows to select rows above or below the current selection The second way is by using the mouse to click and drag over the desired rows within the selection area of the grid Inserting items can also be accomplished by scrolling to the bottom of the grid and clicking the data area in the star row When data editing begins RightEdge will fill in all fields with default values Deleting one or more rows is accomplished by selecting the row or rows as o
250. ort multiple files with the same import settings at one time To begin the process select Import Bar and Tick Data fromthe Tools menu e Files Tab 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 131 e Fields Tab e Formats Tab e Watchlist Tab Files Tab Use the Files tab to select one or more files to import Click the Add button to display a file dialog that will allow for multiple selection Note Hold the Ctrl in the file dialog to select more than one file Symbol Name To use the filename as the symbol name leave the symbol name field blank Importing e Bars Bar Frequency Tks Tick Types stockdata btt Click on the column headers to select the corresponding field Date Open High Low Ignore Volume Close Date Open High Low Close Volume Adj Close 22 Dec 06 29 83 29 86 29 62 29 64 37971700 29 64 30 13 30 14 29 89 29 98 32270500 29 98 20Dec 06 29 99 30 24 29 97 30 09 31202100 30 09 29 71 30 17 29 53 29 99 53822100 29 99 18 Dec 06 30 19 30 26 29 78 29 89 56986800 29 89 Error parsing date 22 Dec 06 Invalid day Dec The Remove button is used to remove a file that currently exists in the list At this point the fields for the file that will be imported may or may not contain column definitions If a heading exists in the imported file RightEdge will try its best to determine what column maps to what RightEdge also attempts to auto detect the delimiter tab comma etc Import
251. orts the use of indicator plugins written by third parties You may even create your own indicator plugin The plugin will be displayed in the list along with native RightEdge indicators Consult the RightEdge Developer s Guide for additional information regarding development of third party indicator plugins Finally once indicators are placed on the chart and the desired parameters are set charts can be saved with the indicators configured so that they may be restored at a later time See the Saving Charts topic for more information See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane System Components Pane Chart Objects Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC s RightEdge Help Build Output Pane 8 6 Bar Data Editor The Bar Data Editor allows direct modification of the underlying symbol data This editor is used when the price data needs to be modified manually for any number of reasons such as a stock split or data that was downloaded and was erroneous from the provider and must be corrected TestSystem System Designer Date Open Close High Low Volume 11 08 2006 12 00 00 80 02 82 45 82 69 79 89 24675600 0 11 09 2006 12 00 00 82 9 83 34 84 69 82 12 32966200 0 11 10 2006 12 00 00 83 55 83 12 83 6 82 5 13352300 0 11 13 2006 12 00 00 83 22 84 35 84 45 82 64 16095500 0 11 14 2006 12 00 00 84 8 85 85 83 9 21034100 0 11 15 2006 1
252. ot configured services Once the service is configured the next step is to assign this service to a group of symbols Watchlist e ax EREA sen Dow 30 Cl Nasdaq 100 EIS AAPL Cg Ae OE2 Aer OE ALTR OE Awar EIE AMGN O AMLN OE amzn C12 arcc EI APoL Welcome to RightEdge RightEdge ships with a couple of default folders already configured The two symbol folders are the Nasdaq 100 and Dow 30 Right click on the top level node or any folder underneath and select Configure Folder j New Folder Select All L invert Selection Configure Folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do 1 no Dow 30 Bar Frequency ge fen Symbols AA AIG AXP BAC CAT DD DIS GE GM HD HON HPQ IBM INTC JNJ JPM KO MCD MMM MO MRK MSFT PFE PG T UTX VZ WMT XOM The Dow 30 folder contains the list of symbols that are contained within this folder Folders can contain any number of symbols the only requirement is that they re all the same frequency i e daily weekly 5 minutes 1 minute etc This is set or inherited in the General tab Items added or removed from Symbols field with be added or removed from the folder and subsequently the user interface Click the Services tab to assign a service to this folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 120 RightEdge Help Symbol Folder Setting General Historical Data Service Inherit Yahoo Data Download
253. ot this rectangle will be filled If not filled the rectangle s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the rectangle s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the rectangle is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 30 Chart Objects Rectangle Band This object plots a rectangle band A rectangle band is a rectangle where the top and bottom segments of the rectangle are open Only the right and left portions of the rectangle are specified To draw a rectangle band select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 24 RightEdge Help jNJ 1D O 67 62 H 67 94 L 67 38 C 67 43 Sou rightedgesystems com Volume 710 25 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec1i8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely t
254. oughout the system When a position is clicked or selected the trades that are associated with this position are shown in the trade list below Position List Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name Type The position type taken long or short Shares The maximum number of shares or contracts held throughout the lifetime of this position The date the first trade was made for this Open Date G position Close Date The date the position was completely liquidated The weighted average of opening trades in Avg Entry this position Avg Exit The weighted average price that the shares or contracts were closed covered at Bars Held The number of periods the position was open P L Bar The average amount gained or lost on a per bar basis P L The total amount gained or lost throughout 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Analyzing System Results the life of the position Description The user assigned name of this position Trade List The trade list contains the complete list of every trade generated by the simulation Trade List Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name The type of transaction either buy short sell or cover Transaction Date The date the trade was placed Number of shares or contracts that were Type Shares filled in this transaction Price The fill price of the trade Commission The cost of commissions for this trade Amount The amount of capital added or deducted from the account for this trade
255. ould expect prices to change per unit of time See Also Linear Regression Slope Developer Help Linear Regression Linear Regression Trendline 17 44 Linear Regression Trend Line Indicator The linear regression trendline plots through past prices using the least squares method The linear regression line can be used as a mean reverting indicator since the line is plotting the best path through the price action Surges up or down from the trend line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 17 45 17 46 can be considered buy or short indicators in hopes that the price will revert to the mean See Also Linear Regression Trend Line Developer Hel Linear Regression Linear Regression Slope MACD Indicator There are two moving averages that make up MACD the 12 day EMA is the faster and the 26 day EMA is the slower Any price series can be used to form the moving averages although the closing series is preferred Usually a 9 day EMA of MACD is plotted along side to act as a trigger line A bullish crossover occurs when MACD moves above its 9 day EMA and a bearish crossover occurs when MACD moves below its 9 day EMA See Also Moving Average Convergence Divergence MACD Indicator Developer Help Exponetial Moving Average EMA Indicator Double Exponential Moving Average DEMA Indicator Triple Exponential Moving Average TEMA Indicator Market Facilitation Index MFI Indicator The Market Facilitation Index cr
256. ple moving average SMA onto this chart Click the Simple Moving Average once and hold the left mouse button down Drop the indicator onto the chart frame and the following dialog is presented 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charting Overview 25 7 Plot Simple Moving Average Indicator Series Name Line Color Hi Indigo Line Style Line Size So d Chart Pane Price Pane Parameters Periods The defaults are presented and clicking OK will plot a 50 period simple moving average onto the chart It s that simple The indicator can be removed from the chart by selecting the indicator with the left mouse button to highlight the indicator line and hitting the delete key The plotted 50 day simple moving average selected is shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help File Edit View Tools Window Help SS B E en Ba SZ P am E iveoptions gt E Chart AAPL Chart ALL Linear Regression Tre Mass Index Moving Average Com arabolic SAR Price and Volume Trer Price Channel Lower Price Channel Upper E rice Oscillator Relative Vigor Index wajsds Bupe amp a X El Indicator Settings a Indicator Nar Simple Moving A J Input Close Periods 50 viww rightedgesystems com f Volume 1577 80 El Visual Settings ChartName LineColor SeriesName A unique name used to identify the indicator Nov07 H ES Watchlist ce Prop
257. position See Also Mass Index Developer Help 17 48 Median Price Indicator Like the average price indicator high low close 3 the median price attempts to the midpoint of the price action The median price differs in that it only calculates the average between the high and low prices Use this simple indicator to smooth the price action See Also Median Price Developer Help Average Price Indicator 17 49 Momentum Indicator Simply put this indicator measures the amount of change in price over the specified time period Extreme momentum readings occur at the strongest point of the current trend Overbought and oversold levels are set separately for each security based on the performance of the indicator over past cycles Use this indicator to determine when to go long or short When the trend changes to bullish and the momentum indicator crosses above the zero line it is time to consider a long position The inverse is also true for either closing a long or opening a short position See Also Momemtum Developer Help 17 50 Money Flow Index Indicator The Money Flow Index is a momentum indicator similar to Relative Strength Index RSI except for the fact that it takes volume into consideration as opposed to just price action A couple of signals can be derived fromthe MFI If a divergence is occuring between the price and the Money Flow Index a price reversal may be imminent Like RSI 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Ri
258. r 264 DI 265 Div 265 Directional Movement 265 Divide Series 266 DMI 267 Donchian Channel Lower 266 Donchian Channel Upper 266 Double Exponential Moving Average 267 DPO 264 Dynamic Momentum Index 267 Ease of Movement 268 EMA 269 Envelope Lower 268 Envelope Upper 268 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Indicators 61 Exponential Moving Average 269 Forecast Oscillator 269 Historical Volatility 269 Keltner Channel Lower 270 Keltner Channel Upper 270 Klinger Oscillator 271 Linear Regression 271 Linear Regression Slope 271 Linear Regression Trend Line 271 MACD 272 Market Facilitation Index 272 Mass Index 273 Median Price 273 MFI 272 Momentum 273 Money Flow Index 273 Moving Average Convergence Divergence 272 Multiply Series 274 Overview 257 Parabolic SAR 275 Performance 275 Positive Volume Index 275 Price and Volume Trend 275 Price Channel Lower 276 Price Channel Upper 276 Price Oscillator 276 Price ROC 277 Projection Band Lower 290 Projection Band Upper 290 PVI 275 PVT 275 QStick 277 Range 277 Relative Momentum Index 278 Relative Strength Index 278 Relative Vigor Index 278 Relative Volatility Index 278 RMI 278 RSI 278 rsquared 279 Shift Series 279 Simple Moving Average 279 SMA 279 SMI 283 Standard Deviation 280 Standard Deviation Channel Lower 280 Standard Deviation Channel Upper 280 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Standard Error 282 Standard Error Band Lo
259. r is a self contained algorithm that takes a series of values performs some computation and returns a single value Based on the indicator author s direction the value of the indicator means something While there is still room for subjective interpretation a single number is something that can easily be developed against to make decisions The simplest of technical indicators is the simple moving average A simple moving average SMA takes the previous prices from an asset and performs a mathematical average Most of the time the SMA uses the closing price of the asset in the calculation however it is not forbidden to use other parts of the bar open high low for the calculation Most technical indicators take input parameters In the case of the simple moving average the parameter is simply number of bars to look back For a fast moving average line a period parameter of five would generate lines that close in fairly close step with the actual price A period parameter of 200 would make the SMA line lag significantly Some simple technical analysis performed by some would be trend analysis Since the 200 period SMA lags a price above a rising 200 day SMA line would be considered bullish A line below a falling 200 period SMA would would be considered bearish 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 258 RightEdge Help 17 2 17 3 17 4 Accumulation Distribution Accumulation Distribution is used to track the relationship between
260. r is desired Timeout orders can also be set in code where they can be controlled more dynamically C public class SystemMain SystemBase public override void Startup Setting a global timeout for 10 bars PositionManager BarCountExit 10 Visual Basic Public Class SystemMain Inherits SystemBase Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup Set a global timeout for 10 bars PositionManager BarCountExit 10 End Sub End Class The samples above show the timeout being set in the startup function This is identical to 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 153 setting the timeout in the system properties However the BarCountExit variable can be set in any function and it is honored whenever a new position is opened not necessarily when it is submitted See Also Timeout New Trading System Trading System Pane 10 18 Setting a Profit Target Profit targets can be set one of two ways in RightEdge The first method involves setting the value at the system level within the trading system project settings Once a trading system is open click on the top most tree item in the Trading System pane This will display the global properties for this trading system If the Properties pane does not appear force it to the visible state by selecting Properties Window from the View menu Properties H X El Backtesting D Begin Date 1 1 2000 End Date Lead Bars 0 Starting Capit 1000000 D Pa
261. r of the line text Text Font The font used to draw the line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 2 RightEdge Help 15 15 1 Plugins amp Services Service amp Plugin Overview RightEdge is designed to be extensible and customizable Many parts of RightEdge s functionality are provided by plugins which allows you to modify or replace them according to your needs There are different types of plugins for accessing market data connecting to a broker calculating indicators displaying system results and more Plugins are NET classes which implement an interface defined by RightEdge corresponding to the type of the plugin Plugin Types RightEdge supports the following plugin types Data storage A data storage plugin allows a developer to control the way data is stored by RightEdge RightEdge ships with a proprietary binary data store and a SQL Server data store If a developer wanted to support their own proprietary data store or a database not supported out of the box implementing a data store would allow for seamless integration into RightEdge Indicators Indicator plugins are for developers who wish to implement their own indicators Every indicator in RightEdge is a plugin Everything that is shown in the RightEdge user interface as it relates to indicators is available to third party developers as well All available indicators are displayed
262. rades in a row This tab contains information about this particular system run Run Date Run Length System Parameters Position List The date and time the system was run The amount of time taken to complete the system execution This contains a list of all optimization parameters contained within the system and the value of those parameters for this run 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I m The position list contains each trade aggregated into its respective position Positions are nothing more than a grouping of trades This screen shows the trades grouped by position This position list is split into two pieces The top portion of the screen contains the list of positions established throughout the system When a position is clicked or selected the trades that are associated with this position are shown in the trade list below Position List Columns Symbol The tradable symbol name Type The position type taken long or short Shares The maximum number of shares or contracts held throughout the lifetime of this position Open Date The date the first trade was made for this P position The date the position was completely Close Date liquidated The weighted average of opening trades in Avg Entry this position Avg Exit The weighted average price that the shares or contracts were closed covered at Bars Held The number of periods the position was open P L Bar The average amount gained or lost on a per bar
263. rameters System Param Collection El Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Typ Percentage Bar Count Exit 5 Force Round L False Max Open 0 Max Open Sym 0 Ciara 0 03 Restrict Order False II Profit Target Specifies a profit percentage at which positions will be closed The profit target field is indicated in red Note that this is represented as a decimal So in the case demonstrated above a 3 profit target has been set Set the profit target field to O if no profit target order is desired Profit targets can also be set in code where they can be controlled more dynamically C public class SystemMain SystemBase 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 154 RightEdge Help public override void Startup Setting a global profit target PositionManager ProfitTarget 0 03 Visual Basic Public Class SystemMain Inherits SystemBase Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup PositionManager ProfitTarget 0 03 End Sub End Class The samples above show the profit target being set in the startup function This is identical to setting the profit target in the system properties However the ProfitTarget variable can be set in any function and it is honored whenever a new position is opened not necessarily when it is submitted See Also Profit Target New Trading System Trading System Pane 10 19 Setting a Stop Loss Stop losses can be set one of two ways in RightEdge The first method in
264. ransparent and 255 indicates no transparency Filled Indicates whether or not this rectangle band will be filled If not filled the rectangle band s interior will be transparent Fill Transparency Indicates the level of transparency for the rectangle band s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the rectangle band is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 225 See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 31 Chart Objects Rectangle Price This object plots a price rectangle A price rectangle is a rectangle where the top and bottom segments of the rectangle snap to the top and bottom prices visible on the charts Only the right and left portions of the rectangle are specified To draw a price rectangle select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart WNJ 1D O 66 25 H 66 25 L 65 80 C 66 03 a 2006 Yy Software rightedgesystems com Volume 709 99 2006Sep There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 226 RightEdge Help 14 32 Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to dr
265. rcle s interior Ignored if Filled is set to False Fill Color Specifies the color that will be used when the circle is filled Ignored if the Filled is set to False 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 186 RightEdge Help See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 5 Chart Objects Cross Channel This object is a free form channel that does not take any chart data into consideration The anchor point the first point controls the direction of the channel lines The second and third points control the width of the channels in relation to one another To draw across channel select the object fromthe Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 19 1D 0 83 42 H 82 2 L 80 39 C 80 75 EU 2006 Yye Software wiv rightedgesystems com Volume 141147 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Novi3 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Dec18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 187 Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transpa
266. rd Deviation is the statistical measure of an assets volatility Generally speaking lower the StdDev reading the lower volatility of said asset One can speculate that markets tops or bottoms may be met with a significant up tick in volatility where bases or ranges may have lower volatility readings See Also Standard Deviation Developer Help Standard Deviation Channel Lower Standard Deviation Channel Upper Standard Deviation Channel Lower Indicator The Standard Deviation Channel consists of two lines that run parallel to the Linear Regression Trendline one above and one below The specified number of standard deviations is used to determine the distance of the lines from the trendline A trend turn is expected if the prices stay outside the channel for a longer than usual See Also Standard Deviation Channel Lower Developer Help Standard Deviation Standard Deviation Channel Upper Linear Regression Trendline Standard Deviation Channel Upper Indicator The Standard Deviation Channel consists of two lines that run parallel to the Linear Regression Trendline one above and one below The specified number of standard deviations is used to determine the distance of the lines from the trendline A trend turn 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 281 17 74 17 75 is expected if the prices stay outside the channel for a longer than usual See Also Standard Deviation Channel Upper Developer Help
267. rency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Aux Line The auxiliary line are vertical lines that are drawn at either end of the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 241 start and end points Select True to display these lines Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 41 Chart Objects Uptrend Channel This object is not a free form channel It uses the price data on the chart to determine the direction of the lines The first point is the left point The second point specifies the right point of the channels To draw a downtrend channel select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC zm RightEdge Help MO 1D O 68 27 H 68 57 f 67 82 C 68 33 Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesy
268. rency value to 40 and the Smoothing Mode to Anti Alias With these settings it s quite obvious how a support or resistance line could be drawn without 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charting Overview getting in the way of the price movement The chart objects also support basic shapes such as circles rectangles ellipses and parallelograms Expand the Basic Shapes chart object group and drag a Rounded Rectangle onto the chart There are more properties for this object as shown below Ei om i ve options gt El ALL 1D 0 61 22 H 61 56 L 61 13 C 61 27 Di 2 E oa wo Si bi Transparency 255 SmoothingM Default D Fill Filled True E Ei Color Le Vogel E Ems 1410 60 Fill Transpare 128 i E Location i Points Collection e Fill Color Specifies the fill color of this rectangle Nov07 4 Build Output BI Live Data p Live System In this example the line color was changed to dark gray The Filled flag was set to true the fill color to light green and fill transparency to 120 To demonstrate a more complicated object and show how several objects might work together go back to the Lines object group and drag a Fibonacci Line onto the chart Set the properties for this object as shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 30 RightEdge Help Lon RightEdge Chart ALL eS File Edit View Tools Window Help KKH Sls 19 Be 2 m v Bitveoptio
269. rent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Count This sets the number of lines drawn out from the center line In the example above this is set to 2 to give a total of 5 lines 1 center line 2 lines above 2 lines below See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 6 Chart Objects Downtrend Channel This object is not a free form channel It uses the price data on the chart to determine the direction of the lines The first point is the left point The second point specifies the right point of the channels To draw a downtrend channel select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 188 RightEdge Help MO 1D O 68 27 H 68 57 f 67 82 C 68 33 Gopyright 2006 Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Yolume 998 93 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are op
270. rger number indicates a thicker line Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the cycle lines in relation to the chart edges Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text If Show Text is set to False this setting is ignored Max Lines Sets the maximum number of cycle lines to be drawn Show Text Set this to True to show the cycle line text False to hide the text Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the cycle line Text Color The color of the cycle line text 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 194 RightEdge Help Text Font The font used to draw the cycle line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 10 Chart Objects Fan Draws three lines in a fan formation Point 1 is the anchor point Point 2 dictates the top most fan line To draw a fan select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart MCD 1D 44 00 H 44 20 L 44 73 C 43 97 Copyri ght 2006 Yye oftware www rightedgesystems com Volume 553 17 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 195 Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the s
271. rice Oscillator crosses above zero and then turns back below See Also Detrended Price Oscillator DPO Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 265 17 24 D Indicator This set of indicators called the Directional Movement system include DI DI DX ADX and ADXR These indicators were developed by Welles Wilder in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Directional Index DX combines the DI and DI to measure the strength of a trend The stronger the trend the further the spread between the DI and DI trend lines Consider the DI to measure the percentage of upward movement and DI to measure the percentage of a downtrend When the DI rises above the DI this can be considered a bullish signal A bearish signal occurs when DI falls below DI See Also DIPlus Developer Help ADX Indicator ADXR Indicator DI Indicator 17 25 DI Indicator This set of indicators called the Directional Movement system include DI DI DX ADX and ADXR These indicators were developed by Welles Wilder in his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems Directional Index DX combines the DI and DI to measure the strength of a trend The stronger the trend the further the spread between the DI and DI trend lines Consider the DI to measure the percentage of upward movement and DI to measure the percentage of a downtrend When the DI rises above the DI this can be considered a bull
272. roup and reveal the underlying available objects To start expand the Lines group Click the Line object and drag it onto an open chart Release the mouse button to establish the first point of the line Move the mouse to change the length and direction of the line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC z RightEdge Help TI Equal Cyde Line Ai Fibonacci Cyde Line F Fibonacci Line Le RightEdge Chart ALL ell File Edit View Tools Window Help B Ta 3 Ji P P m i liveOptions D Chart Objects s ax Chart AAPL Chart ALL eA Lines a AuG0 0 61 32 H 62108 L 61 28 C 61 92 vi Arrow Line a d Line a Horizontal Line 4 Vertical Line n Linear Regression Line z e ES Percent Line l Square Cyde Line If Symmetry Line Gay Chart Le Comp E Indi Properties I X D Appearance Color E Black Spee AntiAlias e Transparency 255 Width 2 E Location Points Collection Copyright 2006 Yye Software vivew rightedgesystems com Volume 2470 20 SmoothingMode The drawing type of this object Oct30 Nov07 r ES Watchlist E Properties Build Output EN Live Data K Live System Welcome to RightEdge 26 Once the line is in the desired position click the left mouse button to finish the line creation Once the line is created items specific to this object will show in the properties window Objects that are created using this method are changeable movable and
273. rue if prices are plotted on the upper end of the band See Also Widner Band Lower Developer Help Widner Band Upper Widner Oscillator 17 103Widner Band Upper Indicator These projection bands were developed by Mel Widner Ph D They were originally introduced in the July 1995 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities magazine This band set is used as most others i e Bollinger bands whereby the plotted prices give a clue as to whether the current price is relatively low or high Prices plotted at the lower end of the band or prices that penetrate the lower band may indicate overly pessimistic prices and a correction or reversion to mean may be in order The inverse is true if prices are plotted on the upper end of the band See Also Widner Band Upper Developer Help Widner Band Lower Widner Oscillator 17 104Widner Oscillator Indicator These projection bands were developed by Mel Widner Ph D They were originally introduced in the July 1995 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities magazine This band set is used as most others i e Bollinger bands whereby the plotted prices give a clue as to whether the current price is relatively low or high Prices plotted at the lower end of the band or prices that penetrate the lower band may indicate overly 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 291 pessimistic prices and a correction or reversion to mean may be in order The inverse
274. run time For example if a trading system is open the trading system properties are displayed in the properties pane when the top level item is selected References and individual files also have configurable properties when selected The example below shows the properties of an indicator when it is selected on the chart or within the system properties 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment e Properties v X El Indicator Settings SeriesName ADX Periods 21 DI Visual Settings LineSize 1 LineColor E RoyalBlue LineType Solid SeriesName A unique name used to identify the indicator The controls for the properties are created with the appropriate type For example a configurable color will produce a color drop down A field that requires a number will disallow non numeric characters If an invalid property is set an error shown below is displayed Properties Window A Property value is not valid The value will then revert back to the last known good value J Each object in RightEdge that supports properties will contain additional information on properties specific to that object See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Indicator Pane Chart Objects Pane 8 12 Output Pane The Output pane displays messages that were generated by the system Typically these messages are generated by the system author however there are some occasions where RightEdge may display informat
275. rvices To add a new service click the New button A wizard prompting for information that this service needs will follow Upon the completion of the wizard steps the service will appear in the list 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 158 RightEdge Help Assigning Services Setting up a service is the first step in realizing the functionality of the service The next step is to assign this service to a group of symbols Watchlist v X GF ta Lee sg Cl Dow 30 len Nasdaq 100 Og AAPL Cg Ae Cg ae EIE ALTR Og amat CIE AMGN EICH AMLN EICH amzn Cg arcc Cg arol Welcome to RightEdge RightEdge ships with a couple of default folders already configured The two symbol folders are the Nasdaq 100 and Dow 30 Right click on the top level node or any folder underneath and select Configure Folder j New Folder Select All L Invert Selection Configure Folder 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Data Sources 159 Dow 30 Bar Frequency ge Oa Symbols AA AIG AXP BAC CAT DD DIS GE GM HD HON HPQ IBM INTC JNJ JPM KO MCD MMM MO MRK MSFT PFE PG T UTX VZ WMT XOM The Dow 30 folder contains the list of symbols that are contained within this folder Folders can contain any number of symbols the only requirement is that they re all the same frequency i e daily weekly 5 minutes 1 minute etc This is set or inherited in the General tab Items added or removed
276. s Chart Options Chart Color Options Editor Settings Research Options Risk Assessment Options 9 10 Managing Frequencies A trading system can run at one or more different frequencies A frequency is simply some unit used to forma bar of data Typically a period of time comprises a frequency 1 minute 5 minute 60 minute or daily are some typical frequencies that trading systems are developed to run under In addition to time based frequencies frequencies can also be based on ticks volume astrological alignments and anything else that can be measured RightEdge ships with three frequency plugins Time tick and constant volume plugins The Saved Frequencies tab is a central place to manage and configure frequencies that will be available to trading systems 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC na RightEdge Help TH on Eer Chart Colors Editor System Results Live Saved Frequences 1 Minute 1M 5 Minutes 5M 15 Minutes 15M 30 Minutes 30M 1 Hour 1H Daily 1D Weekly 1W Monthly 1Mo Yearly 1Y 2 Ticks To reorder frequencies drag and drop themin the list A The Add Edit and Delete buttons allow control over which frequencies are available to trading systems Changes are saved in real time Click and hold the left mouse button on an item in the list and drag to move that frequency item to a different location in the list Note To select a frequency for a tr
277. s the cursor becomes a sizing cursor Click and hold the left mouse button while moving the mouse left or right and more or less bars will become visible in the left side of the chart Release the mouse button when the desired number of bars come into view Now move the mouse cursor to the middle third of the X axis and the cursor becomes hand with an extended index finger Click and hold the left mouse button and this will move the chart from left to right based on the mouse movement Finally move the mouse cursor to the right third of the X axis and click and hold the left mouse button This will allow finer control of the bars displayed on the right hand side of the chart This logic holds true for the Y axis as well Changing Frequencies RightEdge supports a number of frequencies The most common frequencies are shown on the chart toolbar alongside the zoom features discussed previously The default is daily abbreviated as 1D Click the 1D text to display the frequency drop down Depending on the data that is currently loaded the available frequencies are enabled For example if the lowest frequency of the data is daily bars anything less than one day is unavailable Select Weekly fromthe dropdown to automatically rebuild this chart with the same data 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 24 RightEdge Help except for that bar data is aggregated to weekly Using Indicators Of course indicators are tightly coupled with charts Putt
278. s the pane will become transparent and docking arrows will be displayed as shown above Move the mouse cursor on top of any of these arrows to perform the dock operation Hit the Escape key to cancel the drag operation To undock a pane and specify that it should not be docked with any other hold the Control key before beginning the drag operation Document Area As mentioned previously the document area will contain document like items such as charts and source files Documents cannot be docked within other panes however documents can be split within the document area or float Click the tab area of the document with the left mouse button and begin to drag the tab 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC s RightEdge Help i RightEdge Chart GE Chart GE File Edit View System Tools Window Help gt B amp By Si Ji e2 eD E Live Options gt ett 0 34 78 re 35 00 L 34 69 C 34 77 TAAR Lower Band Indicators AX Chart ERTS EI Zig Zag EA ERTS 1D 0 57 90 H 58 71 L 57 34 C 57 92 o Volatility EI Average True Range EI Bollinger Lower Band GJ Bollinger Upper Band Center of Gravity Osc t Chaikin s Oscillator EI Chaikin s Volatility EI Envelope Upper Band EI Forecast Oscillator EI Historical Volatility ffl Kelner ower Rand Hoth pe d h Copyright 2006 Ye Software bevive rightedgesystems com m
279. s 298 et El Ur EAE EEEE AEAEE NAET TENRO ENA AAEE AETA E 298 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 10 RightEdge Help AS MEss eege e eege deeg 298 19 OHLC Charts Dettntton ee cece ence eee eee ence ee eee ee ee ee REENEN EEN ENEE ENEE 298 20 OPUlOM aa T E 299 21 Rrobttarget caa SEENEN EEN ee EE EE ENEE 299 22 Short Selling tee ENEE ENEE 300 E Ee Tei 300 24 Stop LOSS EE 300 E e EE 300 26 gt THM COU EE 301 20 MisualsBasic NEE eta eiesduie ege EE EENS 301 Index 303 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Getting Started d 1 Getting Started Welcome to RightEdge the next level of trading system development and execution This article aims to get data and a system developed in as little as fifteen minutes This quick start guide is broken into the following sections Select the topics below to get relevant information quickly e Configuring services for the first time e Main screen navigation e Using charts and indicators e Creating a system for the first time e Executing a system and analyzing the results Configuring Services A service is a type of plugin that supports retrieving realtime data retrieving historical data or connecting to a broker Services are associated with symbols in the Watchlist pane Watchlist e DH x D IIe Lee J gea Dow 30 len Nasdag 100 EIE AaPL EIS are EIS ADsk CIE ALTR Og amat Og AMGN OS AMLN C12 amzn IO arcc Cg arol Welcome to RightEdge For a detailed w
280. s List 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 20 RightEdge Help 14 14 Chart Objects Horizontal Line This object is a horizontal line that can only be moved vertically To draw a horizontal line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart M D 1D 0 41 55 H 41 94 L 41 47 C 41 85 TA eopyri t 2 U Yye ov a ww rightedgesystems cem Volume 723 91 Aug07 Augl4 Aug21 Aug28 Sep0S Sepii Sepis Sep25 Oct02 Oct09 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the line in relation to the chart edges Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 201 Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Tex
281. s Pane and drop it on to an open chart DIH 1D O 49 43 H 150 97 L 148 54 C 159 20 Copyri ht 2005 Yye Software ww rightedgesystems com Valume 887 45 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov1i3 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Decl18 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 209 number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Sweep Angle Sets the angle of the end point of this spiral A sweep angle of 360 for example will indicate that the spiral will complete one revolution See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 21 Chart Objects Logarithmic Spiral The logarithmic spiral also known as the growth spiral was first studied by Descartes in 1638 and Jakob Bernoulli This spiral often appears in nature Probably the most important aspect of the logarithmic spiral is that if we increase the angle by equal amounts the distance r from the poles increases in equal ratios To draw a
282. s are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 236 RightEdge Help 14 38 Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the line Text Color The color of the line text Text Font The font used to draw the line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Text This object is used to draw solid or transparent text on to the chart To place text on the chart select the Text object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart An entry field will immediately be placed where the object was dropped Begin typing text here 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 237 ID O 67 42 Hi 67 42 L 66 85 C 67 02 o Should ve sold here Copyright 2006 Yy Software www rghtedgesystems com Yolume 1195 06 Should ve bought here Oct02 Oct09 Octi6 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width Not applicable to this object Transparency The level of transparency given to the text Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible
283. screen or even to another monitor It will continue to update if in live data mode just as if it were within the main application window To snap the chart or document back to the document area simply grab the title bar portion of the floating window and drag it back to the document area See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Project Properties Selecting the Properties menu item when right clicking on the project node in the Trading System pane brings up the properties dialog for this system Compiler The compiler tab contains options that are relevant to the compiler These are options that are passed to the compiler immediately before the compilation process 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 101 e Project Properties Target Framework Version NET Framework 3 5 Warnings Warning Level Warning Level 0 E Treat Warnings as Errors Generate Debug Info XML Documentation File System Class Custom System Base Class MySystem Symbol Script Class Custom Script Base Class MySymbolScript oe Cone ree Target Framework Version Select which version of the NET Framework that this trading system should be compiled with It is highly unlikely that this will ever have to be changed Warning Level Valid settings are level 0 through 4 Warning Level Meaning 0 Turn off all warning messages 1 Only display warning messages that are
284. sey RVI is simply an RSI with a standard deviation over the last n periods The RVI is helpful in determining the direction of volatility Use this in conjunction with momentum based indicators to confirm or deny the existence of a trend Readings above 60 combined with an upward price trend may indicate a buy signal Readings below 40 with a downward price trend may indicate a sell or short sell situation 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 279 See Also Relative Volatility Index Developer Help 17 68 rsquared indicator rsquared is defined as a statistical measure of how well a regression line approximates real data points an r squared of 1 0 100 indicates a perfect fit The closer rsquared is to one the closer prices have fit to the linear regression line rsquared is used for confirmation of a trend Use this indicator in conjunction with momemtum indicators If the momemtum indicator indicates that an item is in overbought or oversold territory use rsquared to determine if the trend is in place if not a position contrary to the current condition may be warranted See Also rsquared Developer Help 17 69 Shift Series Indicator A utility indicator that will shift an existing series the specified number of positions to the left The shift value can only be a negative number See Also Shift Series Developer Help Add Series Subtract Series Multiply Series Shift Series 17 70 Simple Moving Average SMA
285. simply moving unexpectedly items such as news or company fundamentals can be brought up in a timely manner Research Item Type RightEdge comes configured with four research items News Quote Chart Other user defined Select the item from the list to be configured Site Parameters Enter a web address URL that will be navigated to when this research item is selected Replaceable Parameters Replaceable parameters are the heart of this piece of functionality RightEdge acknowledges four different types of parameters e s will insert the ticker symbol for the symbol selected for research e c will insert the company name if configured selected for research e i will insert the industry field if configured selected for research e f will insert the sector if configured selected for research See the Symbol Information section for more information about setting these items in the symbol information For example to configure a news item to visit the Yahoo Company Headlines for the selected symbol set the URL to http finance yahoo com q s s If the selected symbol is Microsoft the URL would become http finance yahoo co s MSFT and the appropriate page would be displayed 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Options 1 1 1 9 7 Risk Assessment Options You can specify settings for a variety of RightEdge features by changing options in the Options dialog box The Risk Assessment options contain settings that allow hiding and
286. sing price is higher than the opening price Candle Down Color The color of the candle body or OHLC line when the closing price is lower than the opening price It is standard to make this a dark color 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 108 RightEdge Help Candle Down Border The color of the border line around the candle body when the closing price is lower than the opening price Volume Bar Color When a volume chart is displayed a volume bar will be filled with the specified color Volume Bar Border When a volume chart is displayed the border line around the volume bar will use the specified color Chart Frame Color The frame contains the horizontal and vertical values and tick marks This setting represents the background color for this area Use this in conjunction with text color to ensure readability Chart Background Color The background of the price action area of the chart Chart Border Color The line that separates the price action area of the chart and any panes that exist within the entire chart area Tick Line Color Tick lines are value intervals Each tick is a small line that extends from the right edge of the chart towards the actual value Axis Color The axis color specifies the foreground color of items drawn within the axis labels Crosshair Color If the crosshair is enabled this specifies the color of the crosshair lines Crosshair Text Foreground If the crosshair label feature is enabled this specifies t
287. sseneeeee 197 Chart Objects Fibonacci Fan ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeees 198 Chart Objects Horizontal Line 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeesseneeeees 200 Chart Objects Hyperbolic Spital cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeees 201 Chart Objects ue EEN 203 Chart Objects Label is ccccc ccesscctecensececccsasccnscessetececaedeeteacececuecaedeneceadeeccecaedtenenceeeencanedensecaeers 204 Chart Objects Line ic cc eeecccccdecececeteecwctceccs tout a NEA EENEN cvcwtetesse codeeecsviiieececedattusritceceecteesecen 205 Chart Objects BC EE 207 Chart Objects LituUS Spital cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee seen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeesesseeeeeesseneeeees 208 Chart Objects Logarithmic Spitral cesececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 209 Chart Objects Linear Regression Channel cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 211 Chart Objects Linear Regression Line 0 ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseneeeeeseneeeees 212 Chart Objects Multi Arc ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen KEEN eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesseeeesesseeeeeesseeeseesseneeeees 214 Chart Objects Linear Regression Litne ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeneesseneeeees 215 Chart Objects Parabolic Spitall
288. stance of the frequency plugin class and pass it to the GetFrequency method to get a Frequency object If GetFrequency is called multiple times for the same settings for the frequency plugin and the same symbol it will return the same Frequency object For this to work even if different instances of the frequency plugin with the same values for the settings were used it needs to be able to compare them to see if they are equivalent This is why the FrequencyPlugin class includes abstract Equals and GetHashCode methods which you must implement Currently frequency plugins besides the time based frequency can only be used from within a system The main system frequency charts and bar data storage all only use time based frequencies Miscellaneous Partial bars are now stored in the Partialltem property of the RList lt BarData gt class This means that the Current property will always contain a completed bar There is also a HasPartialltem property which indicates whether there is a partial bar or not A bar data cleaner tool has been added It is accessible from the watchlist and will find and fix problems with bars in the data store It will delete extra bars where there is more than one bar for a given date time and if the time for a bar is not rounded correctly based on the bar frequency it will round it For daily bars this means it will set the time to 12 00 midnight for hourly bars it would round to the nearest hour etc There are no
289. sted any number of times in any number of folders all pulling from the same symbol list For more information on the Watchlist pane see the Watchlist Pane help topic Live Data When live data is started symbol items that are configured and selected for live data will be displayed in this area Right click on the columns in this window to customize the appearance For more information on the Live Data pane see the Live Data Pane help topic Live System This area contains several tabs that pertain to live systems This area is updated when a live system is running against live data Items such as open positions open orders P L etc are updated while the live system is in progress For more information on the Live System pane see the Live System Pane help topic Components Components are items used to assemble drag and drop trading systems For more information on the System Components pane see the System Components Pane help topic Document Manager This area in the center of the main window contains all of the work related items Things such as the charts bar data editor code editor and trade system results will appear in this work space Each new work item will create a new tab As shown above there is a chart in the foreground with a code window behind the chart For more information on the document manager see the Using the RightEdge Environment help topic Build Output This window contains output related to the system build
290. stem Totals Number of Trades Maximum Profit Maximum Loss Average Profit Average Profit Average Bars Held Maximum Exposure Max Exposure Max Exposure Date Max Exposure Date Max Drawdown Max Drawdown Max Drawdown Date Max Drawdown Date 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I Kun The amount of capital set in the simulation to begin with The total amount of capital that is in the account after all trades are placed This will include the starting capital The total amount of profit or loss represented as Currency The total amount of profit or less represented as a percentage against the starting capital The calculated annual percentage return of the profit or loss The average exposure of capital to the market The total number of trades the simulation opened The highest profit achieved for all trades in the group The largest loss encountered over all trades in the group The average profit froma currency standpoint over all trades in the group The average profit from a percentage standpoint over all trades in the group The average number of periods that a position was held over all trades in the group The maximum value exposed to the market represented as Currency The maximum value exposed to the market represented as a percentage The date when the maximum currency exposure occurred The date when the maximum percentage exposure occurred The maximum
291. stems com Yolume 998 93 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Aux Line The auxiliary line are vertical lines that are drawn at either end of the 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 243 start and end points Select True to display these lines Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 42 Chart Objects Vertical Line This object is a vertical
292. stems com BS Volatility Volume 2755 43 Average True Range Bollinger Lower Band Bollinger Upper Band Center of Gravity Oscillator ae ee Octi1 16 Nov13 4 m F keng P E Components Vi Chart Obje 32 Indicators Build Output jg Live Data K Live System Welcome to RightEdge 26 The indicators are grouped Out of the box RightEdge ships with over 80 indicators in five separate groups For simplicity sake let s plot a simple moving average SMA onto this chart Click the Simple Moving Average once and hold the left mouse button down Drop the indicator onto the chart frame and the following dialog is presented 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 166 RightEdge Help Plot Simple Moving Average Indicator imple Moving Average Line Color Hl Indigo Line Style Line Size Soia J ft Chart Pane Price Pane Parameters Periods The defaults are presented and clicking OK will plot a 50 period simple moving average onto the chart It s that simple The indicator can be removed from the chart by selecting the indicator with the left mouse button to highlight the indicator line and hitting the delete key The plotted 50 day simple moving average selected is shown below 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Charts 167 File Edit View Tools Window Help SS Si E en Ba SZ P am E iveoptions gt E Chart AAPL Chart ALL Linear Regression Tre
293. t Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the line Text Color The color of the line text Text Font The font used to draw the line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 15 Chart Objects Hyperbolic Spiral The hyperbolic spiral also called the inverse spiral originated with Pierre Varignon in 1704 and was studied by Johann Bernoulli between 1710 and 1713 It begins at an infinite distance from the pole in the center it winds faster and faster around as it approaches the pole the distance from any point to the pole following the curve is infinite To draw an Archimedes spiral select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 22 RightEdge Help M FT iD 0 28 61 H 28 76 L 28 88 C 28 67 opyrigh Yye Software www rightedgesystems com Volume 586 44 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is inv
294. tEdge Systems LLC Glossary of Terms 301 backtest as a complete portfolio or run live systems See Also Setup a Watchlist 19 26 Timeout Timeout orders are unique in that they are not actually submitted to the broker They are handled internally by RightEdge When a timeout value is set RightEdge keeps track of the number of bars that the position has been open Once the number of bars specified has been reached RightEdge will submit a market order to close the position at the open of the next bar Note The order is submitted to close any open position when the timeout is hit regardless of if the position is profitable or not See Also Analyzing System Results Setting a Timeout 19 27 Visual Basic NET Visual Basic NET is the next generation of the popular Visual Basic compiler by Microsoft Visual Basic NET is designed to extend the ease of development provided Visual Basic into the NET Framework While the syntax in Visual Basic NET is very similar to that of the classic Visual Basic these languages are not compatible RightEdge supports the latest released version of Visual Basic commonly referred to as Visual Basic 2005 As a result RightEdge supports new language features such as XML comment to produce automatic documentation partial classes nullable types generics and partial classes For general information about Visual Basic 2005 visit the Visual Basic Developer Center at Microsoft See Also C New
295. take the value placed in the Profit Target setting and multiply the asset s current price For example to set a relative profit target of 5 the PT value must be 0 05 Relative Price This setting will take the value placed in the Profit Target setting and add for a short or subtract in the case of a long it the asset s current price For example to set a profit target that is 1 above the current price the PT value would be 1 Relative Ticks This setting will take the value placed in the Profit Target setting and add 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 8 5 RightEdge Environment for a short or subtract in the case of a long the specified number of ticks when setting the profit target This is particularly useful for futures or other leveraged instruments where a profit target represented as a percentage or price does not make sense None Automatic profit target orders are turned off Stop Loss An automatic stop loss value assigned to newly created positions This can be overridden in code by default this stop loss value will be applied to positions Valid values are Relative Ratio Relative Price Relative Ticks and None See above for detailed descriptions of what these settings mean Restrict Orders Sent This property specifies whether the maximum open positions settings should limit the number of position open orders submitted For example if there is a maximum open position setting of two and there is one open position and a
296. ted properly will be found and displayed in the proper place in the user interface No further 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 252 RightEdge Help installation is required See Also Plugin Overview Technical Indicator List Indicator Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Optimization 253 16 Optimization 16 1 Optimization Overview Optimization is used to test a system with certain variables changed across simulation runs Running the system with variable parameters or optimization parameters allows the system developer to determine which values result in the most favorable system performance Any value in the system can be used as an optimization value Technical indicators are usually the first candidates since many accept a number of numeric inputs Other items such as profit targets and stop loss values are also viable candidates To begin using optimization in RightEdge a trading system must be open Properties locate the System Parameters property In the Project Properties aX CIS Help Synchronize Bars False a Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Type Percentage Bar Count Exit 0 Force Round Lots False Max Open 0 Max Open Symbol 0 Profit Target 0 RelativeRatio Stop Loss 0 RelativeRatio Restrict Orders Sent False System Parameters ShortEMAPeriod 5 LongEMAPeriod 20 MaxPositionSize 2 Name MaxPositionSize Value 2 Low Value 2 High Value 2 Steps 1 Description Move up Delete
297. ted immediately This setting can be greater than 0 if there are indicators or other items that require a certain number of bars before they can be calculated Data Start Date The date that historical data will start being fed to the trading system By default empty data start date the first bar encountered in the data store is when the data begins being fed to the trading system Trade Start Date The first date when trades will be accepted By default empty trade start date the first date of data is also the first date trades will be accepted Simulation End Date A forced stop date of the simulation If more data exists it will not be fed to the simulation loop Starting Capital The initial amount of capital dedicated to the system Live Lead Bars The number of bars to skip before trades will be accepted when the system is running live This setting is ignored in simulation Live Data Date The start date that historical data will be loaded in a live trading system Frequency The frequency of this trading system The default setting Automatic will detect the frequency based on the data loaded To override this select a different frequency from the list For more information about configuring frequencies please see the Managing Frequencies topic Tick level Simulation Indicates whether or not to use tick data if the data is available If this data is available and this option is enabled trading systems will receive NewTick noti
298. tes no transparency Sweep Angle Sets the angle of the end point of this spiral A sweep angle of 360 for example will indicate that the spiral will complete one revolution See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 2 Chart Objects Arrow Line This object is simply a line that can be drawn in any direction The end of the line has an arrow cap The line can be rotated so that the arrow points in any direction To draw an arrow line select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 132 RightEdge Help ABX 1D O 99 30 H 29 68 L 29 15 C 29 68 Copyright 2006 Yye Software ww rightedgesystems com Volume 463 45 Oct16 Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Decii Deci8 There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 2015 RightEdge Syste
299. th This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the cycle lines in relation to the chart edges Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text If Show Text is set to False this setting is ignored Max Lines Sets the maximum number of cycle lines to be drawn Show Text Set this to True to show the cycle line text False to hide the text Text Alignment The alignment of the text relative to the cycle line Text Color The color of the cycle line text 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 231 Text Font The font used to draw the cycle line text See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List 14 35 Chart Objects Standard Channel This object is not a free form channel It uses the standard calculation to determine the direction of the lines The first point is the left point The second point specifies the right point of the channels To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart WNJ 1D O 63 80 H 63 84 L 63 59 C 63 82 Cop K 2006 Yye Software wwvilrightedgesystems com iVolume 524 68 2006Sep Oct There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 232 RightEdge Help 14 36 Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the dra
300. the frequency after you have requested it by calling GetFrequency so generally you will want to call it in your system startup code To set an indicator to a different frequency call SystemData IndicatorManager SetFrequency If the indicator needs a series as input and you want to use a bar element series for that input be sure to use the bar element 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 18 RightEdge Help series from the corresponding Frequency class The code below shows how to subscribe to bars in a different frequency and how to create an indicator using that frequency public class SampleSymbolScript MySymbolScriptBase Frequency HourlyFreq SMA sma25 SMA sma5Hourly public override void Startup Create indicator using system frequency sma25 new SMA 25 Close Get hourly frequency and subscribe to new bars HourlyFreq GetFrequency BarFrequency SixtyMinute HourlyFreq NewBar NewHourlyBar Create indicator using hourly frequency sma5Hourly new SMA 5 HourlyFreq Close SystemData IndicatorManager SetFrequency sma5Hourly HourlyFreq public override void NewBar OutputMessage New system bar Bars Current PriceDateTime ToString public void NewHourlyBar object sender SingleBarEventArgs args OutputMessage New hourly bar args Bar PriceDateTime ToString Large Data Set Support Most systems only need a certain amount of bar history for their calculations and there is no
301. the master symbol list and selecting the Quick Chart With Chart Settings item The saved chart setting will be recalled so that it may be selected Select the saved name and the chart will appear with the saved settings Creating A System for the First Time System building is the cornerstone feature of the RightEdge platform Fortunately starting the system building process is simple and intuitive Select File followed by New and then Trading System Select the preferred language C or Visual Basic name the project and click OK The Trading System tool window is populated with a new project and a trading system source file Note The language is not of consequence if this is purely a drag and drop trading system Once you have created a trading system project please refer to the Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge topic which provides in depth coverage of creating trading systems using C and Visual Basic Executing a System and Analyzing the Results A functional system albeit a simple one has now been built This system will take trades if the conditions are met and exit at a profit target of 5 or a time out of 50 bars which ever comes first To execute this system select the symbol or symbols to run the system against by clicking the checkbox next to each symbol or symbol group From the Build menu select Run Backtest If all of the steps were followed above the result of the build in the Build Results screen should b
302. the object The illustration below shows a selected line object on a chart i Copyright 2006 Yye Sb www rightedgesystemsico If either of the green squares are clicked the object s size and points can be manipulated Visual properties of the chart object are dynamic in nature Properties that apply to the selected chart object will be displayed in the Properties pane Items such as size color and drawing mode are common among all chart objects See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Build Output Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC e RightEdge Help 8 9 Live Data Pane The live data pane is where incoming tick data can be viewed Starting the data stream happens one of two ways The first way is to start live data manually using the Start button on the live options toolbar The second way is to start a live system After the live system is loaded and the specified amount of historical data is loaded the live system will automatically begin live data collection Live Data Symbol Bid Ask Last Volume Last Price High Low Change AAPL 73 70 73 71 18509600 73 71 74 98 73 29 74 98 BRCM 7774300 28 39 29 20 28 22 29 20 COST 50 40 50 41 100 50 41 51 13 50 03 51 13 EBAY 27 78 27 78 27 78 28 40 27 70 28 40 ERTS 200 55 25 53 61 55 25 INTC 19 66 19 67 4300 19 67 19 96 19 63 19 96 Build Output E Live Dat
303. the stop loss being set in the startup function This is identical to setting the stop loss in the system properties However the StopLoss variable can be set in any function and it is honored whenever a new position is opened not necessarily when it is submitted 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 156 RightEdge Help See Also Profit Target New Trading System Trading System Pane 10 20 Collecting Forex Data If you are receiving ticks but not bars while collecting forex data it is likely that your forex provider is not sending a ast trade tick This is uncommon in everything else but spot forex Typically in this case the forex dealer or data provider sends only bid and ask data If this is the case a small change to your symbol configuration will allow RightEdge to generate bar data from either the bid the ask or the mean between the bid and ask Asset Information Asset Type Asset Currency Canadian Dollar CAl e Contract Specifiers Tick Size Contract Size Initial Margin Expiration Date 1 31 2008 Options Strike Price Contract Type 0 00 Decimal Places 4 Y C Cane ree Right click on any symbol and select Symbol Information Be sure the Asset Type is Forex and most importantly that the Build Prices From selection is either bid ask or Mid 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 11 11 1 Data Sources 157 Data Sources Configuring Data Sources A servic
304. the upside or downside A penetration of the lower band was considered a short signal and a penetration of the upper band is considered a long signal See Also Keltner Band Upper Developer Help Keltner Lower 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 271 17 41 Klinger Oscillator A volume based indicator developed by Stephen J Klinger The indicator uses volume to attempt to measure the flow of money in or out of a security To interpret the KO look for divergence with the price to signal the coming end of a trend or to indicate that rising falling prices are not forming a new trend A buy signal may be indicated when the oscillator value rises from below zero to cross above the trigger line A sell signal may be indicated when the oscillator value falls from its high and crosses below the trigger line See Also Klinger Oscillator Developer Help 17 42 Linear Regression Indicator The Linear Regression Indicator plots the end point of a Linear Regression Trendline for multiple Linear Regression Trendlines This indicator shows where prices should be based on statistical analysis See Also Linear Regression Developer Help Linear Regression Slope Linear Regression Trendline 17 43 Linear Regression Slope Indicator The Linear Regression Slope function returns the slope component of a linear regression line of a field to time over a given number of periods Linear Regression Slope is designed to show how much one sh
305. ther a simulation or a live system is run 8 3 Watchlist Pane e Manipulating and Using Watchlists e Updating Watchlist Data The Watchlist pane is arguably the most important pane in RightEdge This pane is the central point for collecting historical and live data backtesting and starting live systems The Watchlist groups items together in logical forms as dictated by the user Watchlist v I X ERE gt OB Symbol Lists a gea 5 Min i Binary Test Daily Test Dow 30 3 Forex 12 EUR USD OK NzD usD Og ep an Og ueppe Ten Indices CIE esPc KA RUT C12 zm OG Tx EE vx C LowVolLiquid a Nasdaq 100 ule AAPL M2 aer M2 ABx M2 aw MIE AEM MIS aer v RightEdge ships with a couple of watchlist folders defined The example above shows the power and intuitiveness of the watchlist as the number of symbols increases and the number of trading vehicles increases Shown above is a collection of indexes stocks and forex folders Some are real time some are historical Manipulating and Using Watchlists A folder is created by right clicking any other folder or the top level node in the watchlist 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help Select New Folder to begin the process and type the desired folder name Folders can contain any number of folders and a folder can contain any number of symbols The checkboxes next to each symbol indicate that any action requested will be performed on the se
306. tic Oscillator D Ultimate Oscillator Widner Upper Band H S Volume The indicators are broken down by groups The default groups are Momentum Trend Volatility Volume and Other The Other group is a catch all that contains indicators such as Add Subtract Divide and Shift While not actually indicators these simple operations are commonly performed on true indicators The indicator pane serves as the master list of indicators Indicator items in this list can be moved or assigned to different areas of the program For example if a chart is displayed in the document area indicators can be dragged and dropped onto the chart When an indicator is dropped onto the chart a dialog is displayed prompting for the parameters for the indicator as well as visual settings The example shown below is the result of a lower Bollinger Band indicator being dropped onto a chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment Plot Bollinger Lower Band Indicator Bollinger Lower Band Line Color Cancel i Crimson X Line Style Line Size Solid ayo fi Chart Pane Price Pane e Parameters Periods 14 Deviation 1 5 Please see Indicator Parameters for further details about this dialog Once an indicator is dropped onto the chart the indicator and visual settings can be manipulated in real time using the Properties pane Indicator Plugins RightEdge supp
307. time Arrow keys move one line at a time also Click a location with the mouse Use the scroll bars or scroll wheel on the mouse to move through the text Use the HOME END PAGEUP and PAGEDOWN keys Use CTRL PAGE UP and CTRL PAGE DOWN to move the insertion point to the top or bottom of the window respectively Use CTRL UP ARROW and CTRL DOWN ARROW to scroll the view without moving the insertion point Cut Copy and Paste As mentioned previously the procedures to perform cut copy and paste operations are standard Click on the selection margin with the left mouse button and drag the mouse up or down Selected text should now be highlighted in gray Copy text by selecting Copy from the Edit menu Cut the text by selecting Cut from the Edit menu Pasting will remove the selected contents and paste what the text that is currently available on the clipboard Find and Replace The code editor features an extremely powerful find and replace capability Find operations support these options Text searching Regular expression based searching and substitutions Wildcard based searching Match group capturing Case matching Whole word matching Backwards searching Search hidden text option 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC o RightEdge Help e Search in selection To invoke a simple find select the Find item from the Edit menu Find Replace Find what Indicators Replace with Replace Match case 4 Search hid
308. timization Parameters Parameter Name Step Size Num Steps adxThreshold 1 a WLPeriods 0 adxPeriods ProfitTarget Timeout Optimize Cancel Help Optimization Parameters This is a list of the parameters set for this system The values can be set by double clicking the value Set the value by clicking anywhere outside of that value s space Low Value Each system is run starting from the lowest value Specify this value for each parameter High Value Optimization stops once the highest value is reached Specify this value for each parameter Step Size This is the increment size for each optimization value For example if the low value is 1 and the high value is 11 with a step size of 2 the system will be run a total of six times Number of Steps This is a calculated value based on all previous entries This is the number of times the system will be run for this optimization run See Also Optimization Overview Optimization Output 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Technical Indicators 257 17 Technical Indicators 17 1 Technical Indicator Overview Technical indicators are the very foundation of technical analysis It may be prudent to first answer the question of technical analysis and then delve into why technical indicators are such an important piece Technical analysis is one of the methods that is used to help predict the future movement of an asset s price Technical analysis can be based on s
309. tring msg string Format Memory used 0 n diff SystemData Output Add OutputSeverityLevel Informational msg null SystemOutputLocation Output WindowAndStatusBar There are four sets of system statistics stored long short all and buy and hold They save a snapshot is saved for each system bar If the system is only running with a single symbol the system statistics memory usage will be significantly larger than the memory used by the symbol s bar data However the system statistics memory usage doesn t increase with the number of symbols So if you are using many symbols the system statistics may not affect your memory usage too much You can disable some or all of the system statistics by setting the Enabled property on them to false in your system s startup method SystemData SystemHistory LongStatistics Enabled false SystemData Systemhistory ShortStatistics Enabled false SystemData SystemHistory SystemStatistics Enabled false SystemData SystemHistory BuyAndHoldStatistics Enabled false However with all of them disabled the system results summary won t show much useful information Another way to reduce the system statistics memory usage is to reduce the main system frequency If your system operates on one minute bars you could set the system frequency to daily and use the multiple frequency support to run most or all of your system logic on the one minute frequency Indicators may also use a significant a
310. ts Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 233 NJ 1D O 63 80 H 63 84 L 63 59 C 63 82 Cop L 2006 Yye Software wwwwilrightedgesystems com iVolume 524 68 2006Sep Oct There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help 14 37 Show Aux Line The auxiliary line are vertical lines that are drawn at either end of the start and end points Select True to display these lines Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Sho
311. tt Click on the column headers to select the corresponding field SymbolName Date Time Open High Low Close Ignore Ignore Volume Date Time Open High Low Close Up Down Volume 01 03 2007 08 31 813 80 814 20 812 30 813 20 1112 1142 2254 00 01 03 2007 08 32 813 10 813 60 812 70 813 50 657 568 1225 00 01 03 2007 08 33 813 50 815 20 813 50 815 20 1512 846 2358 00 01 03 2007 08 34 815 20 815 50 814 20 815 20 742 680 1422 00 01 03 2007 08 35 815 20 815 20 814 80 814 90 474 469 943 00 01 03 2007 08 36 814 90 814 90 813 20 813 70 477 1148 00 01 03 2007 08 37 813 70 814 90 813 70 814 90 Symbol ER2 Timestamp 1 3 2007 08 31 00 Open 813 8 High 814 2 Low 812 3 Close 813 2 Volume 2254 Additional Fields Additional fields are used to define fields that are not actually contained within a line of data In other words these are data fields that are not seen within the output window A sample of this might be a symbol name or an exchange For example if the exchange is not listed within the data file the exchange can become a user defined value that is set with each row Another source that may be used is the filename itself Some data streams may put information about the data in the filename 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 134 RightEdge Help Click the Add button to define a new import field Click the Edit button to modify the settings of an existing user defined import field Click the Delete button to remove t
312. ubjective chart patterns that reoccur Some of the most popular reoccurring chart patterns are the double top double bottom and head and shoulders For example the double top is simply a point where the prices seem to hit a ceiling and bounce off of that ceiling only to hit the ceiling again in a relatively short period of time This is a sign to a chart reader that the buyers are drying up at the top point and without the ability to break through the top there is likely a good play to the downside A person holding a long position in this asset may want to consider selling their holdings to find another play with strong technicals A riskier speculator may want to take a short position when the asset fails to break through the second peak Still another form of subjective technical analysis comes in the form of candle stick charts Most technical analysts prefer these charts to bar or line charts when representing price data Some technical traders believe that repeatable patterns exist within the candlesticks themselves These are known as candlestick patterns Subjective chart patterns are difficult to train a computer to see Many of them are conditional based on previous bars and other subjective items within the chart There have been efforts made to code these patterns in such a way that the computer can identify them however it s not a perfect fit This makes technical indicators an automated system developers natural choice An indicato
313. ue name used to t lt 2 AMAT identify the indicator CO amen gt Build Output DI Live Data K Live System baina to RightEdge 31 The illustration above shows all of the panes available in RightEdge The most important area of the application is the Document Area The document area houses a variety of documents that can be called up in RightEdge In the above example a chart current exists in the document area Other items that are considered documents are source code files the Project form used in drag and drop system building and the System Results document Hiding Pinning and Unhiding Unpinning Panes Each pane in RightEdge can be hidden or shown at any time 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 32 RightEdge Help r mg D Les el g RightEdge Chart EBAY ax File Edit View Tools Window Help SRI ARHal SZ P amp m RI liveoptions gt D p sE Chart EBAY Properties EC e ol EBAV 1D o 29 74 H 30 06 i 29 38 C 28 75 f i H i a ERER Si COME Steel Q SmoothingM AntiAlias 2 T Transparency 255 2 B Width 2 3 Wa E Location Q Points Collection 3 g M i S 3 2006 We Software Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Color lt 4 The color of this chart object Build Output EN Live Data Ki Live System Welcome to RightEdge 50 The example above shows all of the panes in RightEdge hidden with the exception of the Properties pane which has flown out The pin in the upper ri
314. ulation with the currently selected symbols Run Live This will compile the trading system and begin running it against live data If live data is not started it will be started automatically Stop Live This item is enabled when a system is running live This will stop the system and live data See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Properties Project Properties Watchlist Pane System Components Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Chart Objects Pane 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Environment 8 4 1 Trading System Properties Trading system properties are values that can be manipulated in the user interface before a systemrun Some of these values will also dictate defaults for frequent actions such as opening a position settings a stop loss etc These items are global in nature meaning that they are not symbol specific If any of these settings need to be symbol specific it is recommended that the global option is disabled and that symbol specific handling is done in code For example if symbol specific risk management or funds allocation is desired these are dynamic cases that should be handled in the system code itself For more information about handling position management manually see the Order Management heading under the Developing Trading Systems in RightEdge topic Lead Bars This is the number of bars to skip before the system begins taking trades A setting of 0 means trades are accep
315. used to draw the line The larger the number the wider the line Transparency controls how much of the background is blended with the object The range is 0 through 255 0 indicates complete transparency in other words an invisible object 255 indicates that the line will be solid and the background of the chart will not show through To demonstrate how all of these settings effect this simple line change the width to 3 the transparency value to 40 and the Smoothing Mode to Anti Alias With these settings it s quite obvious how a support or resistance line could be drawn without 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help getting in the way of the price movement The chart objects also support basic shapes such as circles rectangles ellipses and parallelograms Expand the Basic Shapes chart object group and drag a Rounded Rectangle onto the chart There are more properties for this object as shown below H A P om v Bitiveoptons gt E ALL 1D 0 61 22 H 61 56 L 61 13 C 61 27 Di 2 E oa wo Si bi Transparency 255 SmoothingM Default D Fill Filled True E Ei Color Le Darks E Ems 1410 60 Fill Transpare 128 i E Location i Points Collection e Fill Color Specifies the fill color of this rectangle Nov07 4 Build Output BI Live Data p Live System In this example the line color was changed to dark gray The Filled flag was set to true the fill color
316. utlined above and hitting the Delete key The selected rows will be removed from the data Note Data additions or removals are not committed to the data store until Save is selected Each of the columns in the grid can be sorted by clicking their corresponding header For example to sort the data in the grid by the opening price click the column labeled Open An arrow will be drawn within the header to indicate the direction of the current sort Click the header again to invert the sort See Also Indicator Pane Watchlist Pane 8 7 System Components Pane The System Components pane lists the triggers and actions that can be added to a trading system To add a camponent drag it from the System Components pane to the System Designer See the Trading System Overview for more information 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC ER RightEdge Help 8 8 See Also Using the RightEdge Environment Trading System Overview Trading System Pane Watchlist Pane Indicator Pane Chart Objects Pane Live Data Pane Live System Pane Build Output Pane Chart Objects Pane The chart objects pane shown below contains all of the chart objects that are available in RightEdge Chart Objects 4x All Chart Objects Basic Shapes Lines Channels Asyn Channel Linear Regression x Cross Channel A Up Trend Channel i Down Trend Channel A Up Down Trend Channel A Equal Channel dl Fibonacci Channel Linear Regression Channel Gi
317. veloper Help Momentum Indicator 17 62 Qstick Indicator The Qstick indicator was developed by Tushar S Chande and Stanley Kroll and is described in their 1994 book The New Technical Trader Qstick provides a way to quantify candlesticks The Qstick indicator is a moving average of the difference between open and close prices Qstick values below zero indicate a majority of black candlesticks over the time periods specified and therefore a bearish bias for the security Values above zero indicate a majority of white candlesticks over the time periods specified and therefore a bullish bias for the security See Also Qstick Developer Help 17 63 Range Indicator The Range indicator developed by Jack Weinberg is based on the idea that average high to low prices versus average close to close prices may be a leading indication that a new trend is emerging or that an existing trend is about to end Use the Range indicator as a confirmation indicator The range bound parameters are considered to be 20 and 80 If the range indicator reads 20 or below look for the possible emergence of a new trend If the range indicator reads 80 or above look for the signs of the existing trend to end See Also Range Developer Help 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 278 17 64 17 65 17 66 17 67 RightEdge Help Relative Momentum Index RMI Indicator The Relative Momentum Index RMI indicator is a variation of the Relative Strength Index R
318. vironment and acknowledges simulated orders The simulated broker must also handle available cash open positions buying power etc See Also Run Backtest Simulation Paper Broker Settings Configuring Services Modifying Services Removing Services 10 17 Setting a Timeout Timeouts can be set one of two ways in RightEdge The first method involves setting the value at the system level within the trading system project settings Once a trading system is open click on the top most tree item in the Trading System pane This will display the global properties for this trading system If the Properties pane does not 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC 152 RightEdge Help appear force it to the visible state by selecting Properties Window from the View menu Properties H xXx El Backtesting Begin Date 1 1 2000 End Date Lead Bars 0 Starting Capit 1000000 El Parameters System Param Collection E Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Typ Percentage Bar Count Exit 5 Force Round L False Max Open 0 Max Open Sym 0 Profit Target 0 03 Restrict Order False Stop Loss 0 Bar Count Exit Specifies the number of bars after which a position should be closed if it hasn t hit the profit target or stop loss The Bar Count Exit field is highlighted above Note that this is represented as a whole number and not a decimal So in the case demonstrated above a 10 bar timeout has been set Set the timeout field to 0 if no timeout orde
319. volves setting the value at the system level within the trading system project settings Once a trading system is open click on the top most tree item in the Trading System pane This will display the global properties for this trading system If the Properties pane does not appear force it to the visible state by selecting Properties Window from the View menu 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC How Do I 155 Properties H X Begin Date 1 1 2000 A End Date Lead Bars 0 Starting Capit 1000000 El Parameters System Param Collection El Position Management Allocation 20 Allocation Typ Percentage Bar Count Exit 5 Force Round L False Max Open 0 Max Open Sym 0 Profit Target 0 03 Restrict Order False Stop Loss 0 05 Stop Loss Specifies aloss percentage at which positions will be closed m The Stop Loss field is indicated in red Note that this is represented as a decimal So in the case demonstrated above a 5 stop loss has been set Set the stop loss field to O if no stop loss order is desired Stop Losses can also be set in code where they can be controlled more dynamically C public class SystemMain SystemBase public override void Startup Setting a global stop loss PositionManager StopLoss 0 05 Visual Basic Public Class SystemMain Inherits SystemBase Public Overloads Overrides Sub Startup PositionManager StopLoss 0 05 End Sub End Class The samples above show
320. w Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Symmetry Line A symmetry line is a group of lines that are placed equidistant from one another The 0 line is placed first Then either from the right or left of the O line the symmetry lines can be pulled to place them equidistant from the center To draw a symmetry line object select the object from the Chart Objects Pane and drop it on to an open chart 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC Chart Objects 235 NJ 1D 0O 64 B7 H 64 93 L 64 42 C 64 48 Cop 1 2006 Yye SoftviargQ awwwelrightedgesystems co iVolume 790 20 2006Sep Oct There are appearance aspects of this object that can be changed in the Properties Pane Color Changes the color of the object Smoothing Mode Sets the drawing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Line Alignment Specifies the alignment of the line in relation to the chart edges Line Text Specifies the format of the line number text Open End Indicates whether or not the end line
321. wer 281 Standard Error Band Upper 281 Standard Error Channel Lower 282 Standard Error Channel Upper 282 Stochastic D 283 Stochastic K 283 Stochastic Momentum Index 283 Stochastic Oscillator 284 StochRSI 284 Subtract Series 284 Swing Index 285 TEMA 286 Time Series 285 Tirone Levels Center 285 Tirone Levels Lower 285 Tirone Levels Upper 286 TMA 286 Triangular Moving Average 286 Triple Exponential Moving Average 286 TRIX 287 True Range 287 Ultimate Oscillator 287 Variable Moving Average 288 Vertical Horizontal Filter 288 VHF 288 VIDYA 288 Volume Adjusted Moving Average 288 Volume Oscillator 289 Volume Rate of Change 289 Weighted Close 289 Weighted Moving Average 289 Widner Band Lower 290 Widner Band Upper 290 Widner Oscillator 290 Wilders Smoothing 291 Williams R 291 Williams Accumulation Distribution 291 WMA 289 Zig Zag 292 Integrated Development Environment on ee Live Data Capturing 148 Configuring Services Pane 84 31 64 121 157 am RightEdge Help Live System Starting 129 Live System Charts 127 N New Trading System dialog 116 O Optimization Optimization Dialog 255 Optimization Output 254 Overview 125 253 Options Program 104 Chart Colors 107 Chart Options 106 Editor 109 General Options 104 111 Research Options 110 Risk Assessment 111 P Panes Build Output 90 Chart Objects 82 Indicator 77 Live Data 84 Live System 86 Output 89 Properties 88 Syst
322. wing type of this object Default draws a normal line Anti alias draws a smoother line at the expense of drawing performance Width This sets the size of the pen used to draw the outline of this object A larger number indicates a thicker line Transparency The level of transparency given to this object Valid numbers are 0 255 where 0 is invisible or completely transparent and 255 indicates no transparency Open End Indicates whether or not the end lines are open or will continue until the end of the chart Open Start Indicates whether or not the start lines are open or will continue until the beginning of the chart Percentage The percentage that the up or down lines are drawn away from the center line Show Aux Line The auxiliary line are vertical lines that are drawn at either end of the start and end points Select True to display these lines Show Center Line Indicates whether or not the center line will be drawn Show Down Line Indicates whether or not the lower line will be drawn Show Up Line Indicates whether or not the upper line will be drawn See Also Using Chart Objects Chart Objects Pane Chart Objects List Chart Objects Standard Channel This object is not a free form channel It uses the standard error calculation to determine the direction of the lines The first point is the left point The second point specifies the right point of the channels To draw this object select the object from the Chart Objec
323. x File Edit View Tools Window Help SRI ARHal SZ P amp m RI liveoptions gt D 3 sE Chart EBAY Properties EC e Q EBAY 1D O 29 74 H 30 06 il 29 38 C 28 75 i i i i a Appears Si COM stecle 2 Q SmoothingM AntiAlias 2 T Transparency 255 2 Width 2 3 Wa E Location O Points Collection 3 g P lig z 2006 We Software Oct23 Oct30 Nov06 Nov13 Nov20 Nov27 Dec04 Color lt 4 The color of this chart object Build Output g Live Data pg Live System Welcome to RightEdge 50 The example above shows all of the panes in RightEdge hidden with the exception of the Properties pane which has flown out The pin in the upper right hand comer when pressed will make the pane a part of the current window When unpinned the pane will disappear to the nearest edge of the main window When the mouse is rolled over the pane title the pane will fly out where it can be pinned again If unpinned and the mouse leaves the pane area the pane will hide itself again Docking Panes Each pane in RightEdge can be hidden or shown at any time In addition this a pane can be docked inside of another pane or to the top bottom left or right of the edge of the main window 2015 RightEdge Systems LLC RightEdge Help en RightEdge Chart EBAY File Edit View System Tools Window Help 2 BIG aA e Ree ole recon D MID B TestSystem Dock on Top 4 gt x Trading System e q X 74 H 30 06 L

RightEdge 2010 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents